MM M08 1

Project Dwg. No: G101-25-1700.
01-MM80
Boiler Feed Pump Turbine

MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PT PAITON ENERGY
PAITON EXPANSION PROJECT
Boiler Feed Pump Turbine Maintenance

Manual No. MM-M08
Revision 001
Note
This mechanical maintenance manual is intended to provide the Paiton Expansion Project
mechanical maintenance personnel with the basic understanding required to perform preventive,
routine, corrective and overhaul maintenance activities on the subject equipment.
No part of this document may be reproduced for use by parties other than Mitsubishi Heavy
Industries, Ltd. and Paiton Expansion Project.
Boiler Feed
Pump Turbine
Maintenance
Be sure to read this manual.

Contents
Safety
General
Specifications
Preventive Maintenance
Disassembly and Reassembly
Corrective Maintenance
Recommended Lubrication
Appendixes
Contents
Contents
Revision Record i
Important Informationii
Warranty v
Limitation of Liabilityvii
Copyrightix
Personnel to whom the Manual is Directed x
Contact Addressxi
Abbreviations xii
List of Vendor Manuals xiii
Arrangement of the System Maintenance Manualxiv
Chapter1
Safety ____________________________
1.1
Feature of BFP Turbine Safety 1-1
1.2
Warnings Description 1-2

1.2.1
Definitions of Serious Injury, Minor Injury, Serious

Damage to Property, and Minor Damage to Property 1-3
1.2.2
Symbols 1-4
1.2.3
Hazard Warning Label 1-5
1.2.4
Hazard Area 1-7
1.3
Risk Assessment Standard 1-8
1.4
Safety Measures 1-10

1.4.1
Work Permit System (Lockout/Tagout) 1-10
1.4.2
General Cautions on Personnel in Working Area 1-11
1.4.2.1 Caution against Rotating Equipment 1-11

1.4.2.2 Cautions against Electrical Equipment 1-11
1.4.2.3 Cautions against High Temperature Sections 1-12
1.4.2.4 Cautions for Steam Leak in the Plant 1-13
1.4.2.5 Cautions against Oil Leak in the Plant 1-13
1.4.2.6 Cautions against Chemicals 1-14
1.4.2.7 Cautions against Combustible Materials/Storage Areas 1-14
Rev.001
1.4.2.8 Cautions against Lack of Oxygen 1-15

1.4.2.9 Cautions against Lifting Heavy Object 1-16
1.4.2.10Caution against Sharp Objects 1-16
MM-M08
1.4.2.11 Cautions using Fork Lift 1-16

1.4.2.12 Cautions using Crane 1-17
Mitsubishi
Contents
Chapter1
Safety (Continued from previous page)

1.4.2.13 Disposal 1-18
1.5
Emergency Measure 1-19

1.5.1 Evacuation on Emergency Case 1-19
1.5.1.1 Evacuation Route 1-19
1.5.1.2 Evacuation of Disabled Persons Who Cannot Move by
Themselves 1-19
1.5.1.3 Evacuation from Power House 1-20
1.5.2
Fire Accident 1-21
1.5.3
Earthquake 1-22
1.5.4
Explosion Accident 1-22
1.6
Qualification and Training 1-23
Chapter2
General ___________________________
2.1
Purpose 2-1
2.2
References 2-1
2.3
Overview of the Boiler Feed Pump Turbine 2-3
2.4
Construction 2-8
2.4.1
Casing 2-9
2.4.2
Rotor 2-10
2.4.3
Blading 2-11
2.4.4
Nozzles and Diaphragms 2-12
2.4.5
Gland Seal Assemblies 2-14
2.4.6
Gov End Bearing Pedestal 2-16
2.4.7
No.1 Radial Bearing and Thrust Bearing Assembly 2-17
2.4.8
Pump End Bearing Pedestal 2-19
2.4.9
No.2 Radial Bearing 2-20
2.4.10 Rotor Turning Device 2-20

2.4.11 SSS Clutch 2-21
2.4.12 Rupture Disc 2-23
2.4.13 LP Stop Valve 2-23
2.4.14 LP Governing Valve 2-26
MM-M08
Rev.001
2.4.15 BFP-T Enclosure 2-29

2.5
BFP-T Oil System Overview 2-48
2.6
Oil System Construction 2-50

2.6.1
BFP-T Oil Tank 2-50
2.6.2
Main Oil Pump 2-51
2.6.3
DC Emergency Oil Pump & Transfer Oil Pump 2-52
2.6.4
Oil Cooler 2-53
2.6.5
Oil Filters 2-53

Mitsubishi
Contents
Chapter2
Accumulator 2-55
2.6.7
HP Oil Pressure Control Valve 2-56
2.6.8
Bearing Oil Pressure Control Valve 2-57
2.6.9
Vapor Extractor 2-57
Specifications _____________________
Chapter4
Preventive Maintenance _____________
4.1
Prerequisites 4-1
4.3
Rev.001
2.6.6
Chapter3
4.2
MM-M08
General (Continued from previous page)
4.1.1
Scheduling 4-1
4.1.2
Departmental Interface / Notification 4-2
4.1.3
Isolation of Equipment 4-2
4.1.4
Safety Precautions 4-2
Routine Maintenance 4-3

4.2.1
Preparation 4-3
4.2.2
Inspection and Maintenance 4-4
Outage Maintenance 4-12

4.3.1
Preparation 4-12
4.3.2
Inspection and Maintenance 4-13
Chapter5
Disassembly and Reassembly ________
5.1
Disassembly and Reassembly of BFP-T 5-1
5.2
Disassembly and Reassembly of LPSV 5-26
5.3
Disassembly and Reassembly of LPGV 5-34
5.4
Disassembly and Reassembly of No.1 Radial and Thrust

Bearing Assembly 5-43
5.5
Disassembly and Reassembly of No.2 Radial Bearing 5-54
Chapter6
Corrective Maintenance _____________
6.1
Prerequisites 6-1
6.2
Preparation 6-2
6.3
Troubleshooting 6-2
Chapter7
Recommended Lubrication __________

Mitsubishi
Contents
Appendixes
Torque Chart A-1
Appendix B
Spare Parts B-1
Appendix C
Special Tools C-1
Appendix D
Coupling Alignment D-1
Appendix E
Applicable Reference Drawings E-1
Appendix F
Measurement of Rotor Clearances F-1
Appendix G
Applicable Vendor Manuals G-1
Appendix H
Tightening Large Bolts and Studs with Heating Elements H-1
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix A

Mitsubishi
Contents
MM-M08
Rev.001
List Of Figures
Figure 1-1
Types of Hazard Warning Labels 1-6
Figure 1-2
Mapping for Hazard Areas 1-9
Figure 2-1
BFP Turbine Steam Flow Diagram 2-5
Figure 2-2
Isometric View of BFP Turbine 2-6
Figure 2-3
BFP Turbine Outline Drawing 2-7
Figure 2-4
Cutaway View of BFP Turbine 2-30
Figure 2-5
Sectional View of BFP Turbine 2-31
Figure 2-6
Support Arrangement for the Turbine Casing 2-32
Figure 2-7
Identification of BFP-T Rotor Areas 2-33
Figure 2-8
BFP Turbine Blading Details 2-34
Figure 2-9
Identification of BFP Turbine Diaphragm Components 2-35
Figure 2-10
Details of Gov End and Pump End Gland Assemblies 2-36
Figure 2-11
Details of Gov End Bearing Pedestal 2-37
Figure 2-12
No.1 Radial and Thrust Bearing Assembly 2-38
Figure 2-13
Details of Pump End Bearing Pedestal 2-39
Figure 2-14
No.2 Radial Bearing Assembly 2-40
Figure 2-15
BFP- T Turning Device and SSS Clutch 2-41
Figure 2-16
Rupture Disc 2-42
Figure 2-17
Sectional View of LPSV 2-43
Figure 2-18
Details of LPSV Servomotor 2-44
Figure 2-19
Sectional View of LPGV 2-45
Figure 2-20
Details of LPGV Servomotor 2-46
Figure 2-21
BFP-T Enclosure 2-47
Figure 2-22
BFPT Control and Lube Oil System Flow Diagram (1/2) 2-59
Figure 2-23
BFPT Control and Lube Oil System Flow Diagram (2/2) 2-60
Figure 2-24
BFP Turbine Oil Unit General Arrangement 2-61
Figure 2-25
Sectional View of Main Oil Pump 2-62
Figure 2-26
Sectional View of DC Emergency Oil Pump 2-63
Figure 2-27
Sectional View of Oil Transfer Pump 2-64
Figure 2-28
Sectional View of Foot Valve 2-65
Figure 2-29
Details of BFPT Oil cooler 2-66

Mitsubishi
Contents
List Of Figures (Continued from previous page)

Bearing Oil Filter 2-67
Figure 2-31
HP Oil Filter 2-68
Figure 2-32
HP Oil Accumulator 2-69
Figure 2-33
Sectional View of Bearing Oil Pressure Control Valve 2-70
Figure 2-34
Sectional View of HP Oil Pressure Control Valve 2-71
Figure 2-35
Sectional View of BFP-T Vapor Extractor 2-72
Figure 4-1
BFP-T Clearance Diagram (1/1) 4-30
Figure 4-2
BFP-T Clearance Diagram (2/2) 4-31
Figure 4-3
Gov End Bearing Pedestal Clearance Diagram 4-32
Figure 4-4
Pump End Bearing Pedestal Clearance Diagram 4-33
Figure 4-5
LPSV Clearance Diagram 4-34
Figure 4-6
LPGV Clearance Diagram 4-35
Figure 5-1
Disassembly Procedure of BFP-T Enclosure 5-17
Figure 5-2
Removal Procedure for Expansion Bellow 5-18
Figure 5-3
Removal Procedure for Exhaust Reducer and LP Stop

Valve 5-19
Figure 5-4
Removal Procedure for Upper Casing and Rotor 5-20
Figure 5-5
Lifting Arrangement for Upper Casing and Rotor 5-21
Figure 5-6
Guide Pillar Arrangement for Upper Casing and Rotor 5-22
Figure 5-7
BFPT Cylinder Bolting Arrangement 5-23
Figure 5-8
Exploded Views of Gov End and Pump End Glands 5-24
Figure 5-9
Gland Seal Clearance Measurement Procedure 5-25
Figure 5-10
Exploded View of LP Stop Valve 5-33
Figure 5-11
Exploded View of LP Governing Valve 5-42
Figure 5-12
Exploded View of No.1 Radial and Thrust Bearing

Assembly 5-52
Figure 5-13
Rotor Raising Tool For Bearing Overhaul 5-53
Figure 5-14
Exploded View of No.2 Radial Bearing 5-60
Figure 7-1
Recommended Lubrication Chart for BFPT Turning

Device 7-2
MM-M08
Rev.001
Figure 2-30

Mitsubishi
Contents
MM-M08
Rev.001

Figure C-1
BFPT Special Tools 1/11 C-2
Figure C-2
Figure C-3
Figure C-4
Figure C-5
Figure C-6
Figure C-7
Figure C-8
Figure C-9
Figure C-10
Figure C-11
Figure E-1
Double Thrust and Radial Bearing Assembly -1/2 E-2
Figure E-2
Double Thrust and Radial Bearing Assembly -2/2 E-3
Figure E-3
Tilting Pad Radial Bearing Assembly -1/2 E-4
Figure E-4
Tilting Pad Radial Bearing Assembly -1/2 E-5
Figure E-5
Assembly Drawing of Plate Type Heat Exchanger -1/2E-6
Figure E-6
Assembly Drawing of Plate Type Heat Exchanger -2/2E-7
Figure E-7
Turning Device with SSS Clutch E-8
Figure E-8
BFPT Main Oil Tank E-9
Figure E-9
BFPT Main Oil Pump 1/4 E-10
Figure E-10
Figure E-11
Figure E-12
Figure E-13
BFPT Emergency Oil Pump 1/5 E-14
Figure E-14
Figure E-15
Figure E-16
Figure E-17
Figure E-18
Oil Transfer Pump 1/5 E-19
Figure E-19
Figure E-20

Mitsubishi
Contents

Figure E-22
Figure E-23
BFPT Vapor Extractor 1/5 E-24
Figure E-24
Figure E-25
Figure E-26
Figure E-27
Figure E-28
Bearing Oil Filter E-29
Figure E-29
HP Oil FilterE-30
Figure E-30
HP Oil Pressure Control Valve-1/4 E-31
Figure E-31
Figure E-32
Figure E-33
Figure E-34
Bearing Oil Pressure Control Valve-1/4 E-35
Figure E-35
Figure E-36
Figure E-37
Figure E-38
Level GaugeE-39
Figure E-39
LC Float ValveE-40
Figure E-40
Temperature Control Valve-1/2 E-41
Figure E-41
Temperature Control Valve-2/2 E-42
Figure E-42
HP Oil Accumulator 1/3 E-43
Figure E-43
Figure E-44
Figure E-45
Sight GlassE-46
Figure E-46
Foot Valve E-47
Figure E-47
Principle of SSS Clutch E-48
MM-M08
Rev.001
Figure E-21

Mitsubishi
Contents
List Of Tables
Risk Assessment Standard 1-8
Table 3-1
Boiler Feed Pump Turbine 3-1
Table 3-2
Rotor Turning Device 3-3
Table 3-3
AC Main Oil Pump 3-4
Table 3-4
DC Emergency Oil Pump 3-5
Table 3-5
BFP-T Oil Tank 3-6
Table 3-6
Oil Cooler 3-6
Table 3-7
Bearing Oil Filter 3-7
Table 3-8
HP Oil Filter 3-7
Table 3-9
Vapor Extractor 3-8
Table 3-10
Accumulator 3-8
Table 4-1
Routine Maintenance Checklist 4-7
Table 4-2
Annual Outage Maintenance Checklist 4-22
Table 6-1
Troubleshooting BFP-T 6-3
Table 6-2
Troubleshooting LPSV & LPGV 6-4
Table 6-3
Troubleshooting BFP-T Oil System 6-6
Table 6-4
Troubleshooting AC and DC Oil Pumps 6-8
Table 6-5
Troubleshooting Turning Device 6-9
Table 6-6
Troubleshooting Vapor Extractor 6-9
Table 7-1
Recommended Lubrication for BFP-T 7-1
MM-M08
Rev.001
Table 1-1

Mitsubishi
Revision Record
Page Number
General
Description of Revision
Revision record added and all
pages changed to rev. 0001
Revision Issue
Date
Date Revised
Pages
Inserted
2012/04/09
2012/04/09
DRS (drawing review sheet)

added.
Appendix E New Figure E-47
to describe turning gear
engage, disengage principle.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Page E-48

Mitsubishi
Important Information
Purpose of the Plant Usage
This plant is designed to generate electric power of 815 MW by the steam turbine
generator.
The plant is only used for the electric power generation purpose that supports stable
and reliable electric power supply to the power grid and supplying steam for auxiliary
equipment in the power station.
General
1.
To satisfy the purpose mentioned above the following points must be strictly
observed,
a)
The operation, maintenance and inspection of Equipment must be

performed by the persons who have basic technical knowledge and have
been trained concerning the hazard of the Equipment and the avoidance
of the hazard.
b)
The operators and maintainers must read and understand these manuals
before starting the operation, maintenance or inspection.
It is often experienced that serious damage to the equipment or personnel
have occurred by the unexpected action of operators or maintainers who
do not fully understand the equipment.
c)
The modification or change of operational specification must be performed

under MHI supervision or as per the written acceptances of MHI.
The modification or change of specification causes not only a decline in
performance but also a decline in safety for operation of the equipment.
The Customer is requested to contact MHI regarding any modification or
proposed changes before the work commences.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The address for MHI to be contacted is shown in this chapter.

2.
The operation and maintenance must be performed according to the applicable

laws and regulations at the location of the power station.
3.
Disposal from the power station must be treated to satisfy the local regulations.
4.
The copyright of software, drawings and other documents provided by MHI at

all times, is still reserved by MHI.

Mitsubishi
ii
Use or copying of the whole or part of any information provided by MHI for
any purpose other than operation and maintenance of this plant without
written consent is strictly prohibited.
Important General Notice for Safety

1.
The operator and maintainer must have knowledge about the equipment to
maintain good operating condition and to avoid danger when using the
equipment and systems.
2.
The protection measures must satisfy all of the operational functions.
3.
The safety activity must be planned systematically as a Safety and Health

management system and operate continuously.
Safety and Health management system must include the following points,
a) Instruction for use and the maintenance of the personal protective
equipment supplied to operators and maintainers
b) The establishment of a work management organization to make clear the
operation directives and work procedures
c) Implementation of training for operator and maintainer
4.
The Customer must train the operators and maintainers to act positively and
to prevent the occurrence of an accident by using their knowledge of the
power plant.
5.
The Customer must make the operators and maintainers understand that the
most important purpose of safety control is to protect all personnel from
accidents and also to maintain operation of the plant without troubles.
6.
To prevent accidents involving personnel and equipment, it is necessary to

observe the notices of this manual and to keep the correct operation
according to the description provided in this manual.
If the notices are not observed, the following dangers could occur to the
operator and to the maintainer.
MM-M08
Rev.001
7.
a)
Risk of a fatal accident
b)
Danger to lose his health and fitness
c)
Danger of damage to the equipment
MHI can not forecast all possible dangers existing in the plant such as danger
due to human error and/or dangers caused by the operating environment.
As this manual and the alert label cannot cover all of the dangers, the
operators and maintainers have to pay their full attention to all general safety
notices.

Mitsubishi
iii
8.
MHI can not be responsible for damages and injury caused by neglecting the
notices in this manual, and other necessary general notices.
Instruction of this Manual

This manual is provided for people familiar with the use of English. If some
person not familiar with English is going to operate the plant, the Customer
must train him specially.
2.
The warning labels are to be expressed in the English language.
3.
This manual contains optional matters.
4.
Some figures in this manual include internal parts of the equipment which
may not be obvious, when looking at the completed equipment drawing.
5.
MHI may change the content of this manual without notice.
6.
This manual is intended for the use by the operators and maintainers and it
must be accessible to them at all times.
7.
If the Customer needs more detailed information, please contact MHI local
office or MHIs official agent.
MM-M08
Rev.001
1.

Mitsubishi
iv
Warranty
The provisions set forth in this section are in addition to all liability and warranty
disclaimers and limitations set forth in the Contract, whether arising under law
or from course of performance, course of dealing, or usage of trade.
Nothing in these provisions shall constitute or be deemed to constitute any

additional liability undertaking or warranty, express or implied, with respect to
the Plant. All capitalized terms used, but not defined in this Warranty
Limitations section shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the
Contract.
The Contract Warranties are subject to the construction, installation and

Customering works having been performed in full compliance with the
requirements stated in (a) the Contract, (b) all manuals provided by MHI,
including this manual, (c) all applicable rules, regulations and laws prevailing in
the location where the Plant has been installed and will operate, and (d) any
other instructions, if any, provided by MHI (collectively, Rules and
Requirements). The Contract Warranties will NOT cover any accidents, partial
or total failure of the Plant, losses or damages to personnel or property
(including, without limitation, the Plants components, parts, systems and other
equipment), or any other liability (collectively, Accidents and Damages) in the
case of any breach of the stated Rules and Requirements.
For the detailed terms and conditions of the warranty concerning the Works
and Project, refer to the Contract.
In addition to the foregoing, the Contract Warranties will NOT cover any of the
following Accidents and Damages:
Accidents and Damages caused by any deviation from the Rules and
Requirements;
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
Accidents and Damages caused by the modification or re-installation of the

Plant after the original installation, or caused by operation of the Plant for a
purpose other than that for which it is designed;
Accidents and Damages caused by natural disasters or accidents during

transfer or related handling;
Accidents and Damages occurring after the term of the warranty has expired;
Accidents and Damages due to faulty operation or operation not in accordance

with the Rules and Requirements;
Accidents and Damages due to inappropriate maintenance or servicing

performed by the Customer, its personnel or any other party.
Accidents and Damages caused by any components, parts, systems or other

equipment other than those delivered by MHI;
Accidents and Damages caused by unidentifiable reasons including loss of the

damaged parts which is necessary to pinpoint a cause of the failure;
Accidents and Damages caused by referring to inadequate, or incorrect

references, data or information provided by the Customer;
Accidents and Damages or rust/corrosion due to inadequate handling and/or

storage by the Customer; or
Accidents and Damages due to handling, storage and/ or use of the Plant
under severe conditions or in an environment that does not meet the design
specification conditions.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
vi
Limitation of Liability
General
Nothing in this Limitation of Liability section or manual shall constitute or be

deemed to constitute any additional liability undertaking or warranty, express
or implied, with respect to the Plant. All capitalized terms used, but not defined
in this Limitation of Liability section shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to them in the Contract.
The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice and
without any obligation or liability to MHI.
Use and Disposal
Use of the Plant must be limited to the use specified by MHI, including without
limitation, use of the Plant in accordance with the Contract, this manual, all
Safety Manuals, all applicable laws and regulations, and any other instructions,
if any, provided by MHI. The Plant components, parts, systems and other
equipment (collectively, Equipment) must be appropriately disposed of in
accordance with the Contract, this manual, all Safety Manuals, all applicable
laws and regulations, and any other instructions, if any, provided by MHI.
For Documents and Safety Training
MM-M08
Rev.001
The Customers personnel must read, understand and abide by all documents
provided by MHI, including without limitation, the operation and maintenance
manuals, safety manuals, and instruction manuals (collectively, Safety
Manuals) and must have received all required and/or necessary safety
training prior to the start of their work. Persons who have not received such
safety training are not permitted to work on the installed Plant. This initial
training, however, is merely the minimum requirements prior to allowing any
personnel to work on the installed Plant. The Customer must, on a continual
and regular schedule, give up-to-date training to its personnel on safety
requirements, provide testing or other methods to confirm their understanding
of the safety training, and confirm that they have the physical and mental
capability to perform their respective roles. The Customers obligation for
safety training and personnel supervision is an ongoing obligation and must be
continuously performed and kept current throughout the operation of the Plant.
Accidents, partial or total failure of the Plant, damage to personnel or property,
loss, injuries, and other liability (collectively, Liability) caused by inadequate
safety training or the Customers personnels failure to abide by the documents
provided by MHI are expressly excluded from the coverage of any warranty
provided by MHI and are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Customer.

Mitsubishi
vii
MHI will NOT be liable for any Liability caused by modification or changes
made in Plant-related documents (including any Safety Manual) by anyone
other than MHI.
For Damage to the Plant

Accidents may occur by use of Equipment that is acquired from anyone other
than MHI or anyone not appointed by MHI to modify or repair this Plant. The
Customer shall not be permitted to modify or repair the Plant or change
Equipment of the Plant without MHIs prior written approval, under any
circumstance.
MHI will NOT be liable for any Liability resulting from any abuse, misuse,
misapplication of the Equipment supplied by MHI.
MHI will NOT be liable for any Liability caused by an act by the Customer in
violation of the Contract, this manual, any applicable law or regulation, or any
Safety Manual or any other instruction provided by MHI, including without
limitation, a change of the installation environment or the removal and
installation of any Equipment in a location different to that originally selected by
MHI.
MHI will NOT be liable for any Liability caused by a defect, imperfection, or fault,
in material or Equipment that was used during a repair, even when such repair
was performed by or under an instruction given by MHI.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
viii
Copyright
COPYRIGHT 2008, MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD. ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED. ANY REPRODUCTION IS EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED.
All of the content contained in this manual is protected by Japanese,
International and/or United States copyright laws.
All copyright, trade secrets, and other proprietary and intellectual property
rights in the documents provided by Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.(MHI)
(including safety-and-instruction manuals) are at all times owned and reserved
by MHI. Subject to your compliance with the restrictions set forth below, MHI
grants to you a limited, non-exclusive license in the copyright for the sole
purpose of allowing you to use, operate, maintain and inspect the Plant.
Use, copying, other reproduction of the whole or part of the documents

provided by MHI (including safety-and-instruction manuals) for any purpose
other than the purpose described above without MHIs prior written consent is
strictly prohibited.
The act of rewriting, translating, modifying, revising, creating electronic copies,

uploading, selling, sublicensing, or otherwise disclosing the whole or part of the
manuals is strictly prohibited.
Except as specifically set forth above, no right, title or license to the documents
provided by MHI, whether arising from contract, implication, estoppel or
otherwise, is being granted or otherwise transferred.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
ix
Personnel to whom the

Manual is Directed
This Manual was prepared for all personnel who will participate in the operation and
maintenance of the plant, and the other related mechanical plant and equipment
installed.
In this Manual, MHI classifies personnel into the following two classes based on
their ability, experience and their attitude to the safety of personnel, and the plant
installed.
Only the personnel recognized by the Customer as trained personnel are allowed to
perform the operation and maintenance specified in the manuals.
Maintainers and Operators are required to have read and understood the contents
of the safety, operation, and maintenance manuals and sufficiently understand the
work procedures before actually starting their tasks.
Operator
Operators following the instructions of their supervisor or the Shift Charge Engineer
are permitted to handle materials to be used in the operation of the plant.
Operators are allowed to turn on the power supply, startup equipment, open up or
remove covers or panels on receipt of an instruction or authorization from their
superior.
Operators are permitted access to emergency stop devices following instructions
given by their superior when dangerous or hazardous situations are recognized.
Maintainer
MM-M08
Rev.001
Maintainers are permitted to perform maintenance on the plant. They will also
perform troubleshooting routine and periodical inspections of the installed
equipment. The maintainer will also work under the supervision of MHIs
supervisors during on-the-job training and annual maintenance and overhaul work if
MHIs supervisors are requested to witness periodical inspections, etc.
Maintainers MUST have attended the training program initially provided by MHI and
subsequently by the Customer, and they must have obtained the necessary
knowledge and maintenance skills to understand the characteristics of their tasks
before actually starting their work.
Mitsubishi
Contact Address
For any question or any clarification required, please do not hesitate to contact MHI
through the following address (es).
For Support before Operation:

MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, Ltd.
Nagasaki Shipyard & Machinery Works
MM-M08
Rev.001
1-1, Akunoura Machi, Nagasaki 850-91

Mitsubishi
xi
Abbreviations
Abb.
Expanded Form
Abb.
Expanded Form
AC
Alternating Current
LPGV
Low Pressure Governing Valve
BFP
Boiler Feed Pump
LS
Left Side
BFP-T
LPSV
Low Pressure Stop Valve
BMCR
Boiler Maximum Continuous Rating
M-BFP
Motor Driven Boiler Feed Pump
CCR
Central Control Room
MSDS
Material Safety Data Sheet
CCW
Closed Cooling Water
NDE
Non Drive End
DC
Direct Current
OJT
On Job Training
P&ID
Process and Instrumentation
DE
Drive End
Diagram
Dial Test Indicator
PPE
Personal Protective Equipment
Gov End
Governor End
PTW
Permit to Work
GSC
Gland Steam Condenser
RH
Right Hand
HP
High Pressure
RS
Right Side
I&C
Instrumentation and Control
SSS
Synchro-Self-Shifting
IP
Intermediate Pressure
T-BFP
Turbine Driven Boiler Feed Pump
LH
Left Hand
MM-M08
Rev.001
DTI

Mitsubishi
xii
List of Vendor Manuals

TURNING DEVICE AND SSS CLUTCH
APPENDIX G-2
THRUST BEARING
APPENDIX G-3
RADIAL BEARING
APPENDIX G-4
GOVERNING VALVE SERVOMOTOR
APPENDIX G-5
DIAPHRAGM COUPLING
APPENDIX G-6
GEAR PUMP
APPENDIX G-7
ACCUMMULATOR
APPENDIX G-8
BLOWER
APPENDIX G-9
LUBE OIL FILTER
APPENDIX G-10
HP OIL FILTER
APPENDIX G-11
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE
APPENDIX G-12
TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE
APPENDIX G-13
LVDT FOR BFPT VALVES
MM-M08
Rev.001
APPENDIX G-1

Mitsubishi
xiii
Arrangement of the System

Maintenance Manual
This manual is arranged as follows.
Chapter 1
Describes health and safety issues during maintenance, disassembly and reassembly
of the BFP Turbine and auxiliaries.
Chapter 2
Describes the construction, purpose, and function of the BFP Turbine and the
associated auxiliaries.
Chapter 3
Describes the BFP Turbine and auxiliaries, using the relevant Data Sheets.
Chapter 4
Describes the Preventive, Routine, and Outage Maintenance.
Chapter 5
Describes the disassembly and reassembly procedures, necessary to obtain access
to internal parts for inspection and repair during overhaul of the BFP Turbine and its
auxiliaries.
Chapter 6
Describes the corrective maintenance procedures to be followed to investigate,
identify and remedy defects occurring during operation.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Chapter 7
Includes Torque Chart, Spare Parts, Special Tools and Vendor Drawings/Documents

Mitsubishi
xiv
Chapter 1
Safety
C h a p t er
1 S af et y
1.1
Feature of BFP Turbine Safety

The boiler feed pump turbine (BFP-T) rotates at high speeds using high
pressure and high temperature steam from the boiler. The BFP-T when in
service is subject to the various pressure and temperature fluctuations due to
variations occurring due to fluctuation in generator load or due to disturbance in
boiler firing.
As the BFP-T is operated at a high pressure and at a highly superheated steam
temperature, the components of the turbine and the connected steam pipes
have high stress during operation. The turbine is also a large structure and
unequal temperature distribution in several parts is unavoidable. Thus the
turbine components have high variable stress and risk of flange/pipe leakages
and blade failures. Leaked steam from the turbine parts can cause extensive
damage in the vicinity of the turbine, and to persons working in the area.
As the steam leaked from such failures cannot be seen, all persons in the
turbine area must have their attention tuned to noise caused by steam leakages.
Oil lines supplying control and the lubricating oils to the BFP-T are located
around the BFP-T. Any oil leakage in the vicinity of the BFP-T could lead to a
fire which could damage the nearby components. All personnel should pay strict
attention to any possible oil leakage and arrange for an urgent repair.
MM-M08
Rev.001
All operators and maintainers must realize the danger and keep themselves
safe, following the recommendation written in this chapter.

Mitsubishi
1-1
Chapter 1
1.2
Safety
Warnings Description
Safety of personnel working in the power plant is the most important matter and
all kind of consideration to avoid dangerous condition are studied and applied to
the design of the power plant. However, certain risks are unavoidable due to the
nature of the plant.
This manual classifies the severity and hazard level of such risks by two
categories, DANGER and CAUTIONS. Read and understand the
indications thoroughly before operation or maintenance of the plant.
The contents of wordings, DANGER and CAUTION are described as follows;
Kinds
Meaning of Warnings
DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation
during use of the BFP Turbine and auxiliaries, which, if
not avoided, could result in death or serious injury, or
serious damage to the property or environment.
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation
CAUTION
during use of the BFP Turbine and auxiliaries, which, if

not avoided, may result in minor injury or minor damage
to the property or environment.
This manual also uses the following indicators in addition to the hazard level
indications described so far.
Kinds
Meaning of Warnings
IMPORTANT describes the particular information or
items that personnel must know during operation and
IMPORTANT
maintenance of the BFP Turbine and auxiliaries, and

that, if not heeded, may result in an accident of an
in-assessable hazard level.
NOTICE describes useful information and tips for
Notice
operation and maintenance of the BFP Turbine and
MM-M08
Rev.001
auxiliaries.

Mitsubishi
1-2
Chapter 1
Safety
1.2.1 Definitions of Serious Injury, Minor Injury,

Serious Damage to Property, and Minor Damage to
Property
Serious Injury
This term describes injuries, which leave after effects such as loss of
eye sight, permanent disability, bone fracture or breakage, gas
inhalation, asphyxiation, electric shock, hospitalization or prolonged
hospital visits for treatment.
Minor Injury
This term describes injuries, which do not require hospitalization or
prolonged attention at a hospital (injuries other than the serious
injuries described above).
Serious Damage to Property

This term describes damages, which require a suspension of
productive activity for one day or more due to restoration of the
damaged property.
Minor Damage to Property
MM-M08
Rev.001
This term describes damage, which does not require any suspension
of productive activity due to restoration of the damaged property.

Mitsubishi
1-3
Chapter 1
Safety
1.2.2 Symbols
In this manual, the following symbols are added for easy understanding
of the contents of warnings and are found next to DANGER,
CAUTION and indications.
These symbols are in compliance with ISO 3684.
Symbol
Description
This symbol indicates the possible presence of high voltage, and
warns of a hazard which may result in system shock, burn or
death by electric shock if safety precautions are neglected or the
system is handled incorrectly.
This symbol indicates a movable section that is inside a safety
cover or is exposed.
Movable parts may inflict laceration or bone fracture to body parts
such as a hand by pinching the hand and/or clothing.
This symbol indicates the presence of parts the surface of which
could be hot, and may cause a burn if handled incorrectly.
This symbol indicates that care should be taken where you place
your feet when moving around the area.
Risk of injury by tripping is present near this symbol due to
factors such as a location with an unstable surface, or
obstructions such as scaffolding, temporary pipe lines, or other
protrusions.
This symbol indicates the possible presence of gas(es) harmful or
asphyxiant to personnel.
Be sure to ventilate fully before work commences.
This symbol indicates caution against the handling of a heavy
object or working in an abnormal position.
Do not work in an abnormal posture which may damage your back
or waist.
This symbol indicates prohibited items or actions during the
MM-M08
Rev.001
operation and maintenance of the BFP Turbine and auxiliaries.

Mitsubishi
1-4
Chapter 1
1.2.2
Safety
Symbols (Continued from previous page)
Symbol
Description
This symbol indicates that personnel must not touch since the
surface is hot.
Do NOT enter any area where this symbol is displayed.
This symbol indicates that the entry of personnel is prohibited.
Do NOT enter any area where this symbol is displayed.
This symbol indicates that physical contact is prohibited.

Do NOT touch or enter a location or enclosure where this symbol
is displayed.
This symbol indicates that the stated items or actions in the
warning notices relative to operation and maintenance of the BFP
Turbine and auxiliaries are mandatory.
This symbol indicates a movable section that is inside a safety
cover or exposed.
Do NOT touch any equipment where this symbol is displayed.
1.2.3 Hazard Warning Label

Hazard warning labels are applied where potential hazards are present
during operation and maintenance activities.
Hazard warning labels will be in appropriate sizes and colors that will
catch the eye and the attention of personnel. They also have symbols
that show the hazard types, in addition to the descriptions of warning
contents.
IMPORTANT
Personnel are requested to confirm the location of, and to read, and
thoroughly understand the contents of all hazard warning labels
applied to this BFP Turbine and auxiliaries. If any of the hazard
warning labels peel off/wear out or become unreadable, install a new
MM-M08
Rev.001
label in the original location without delay.

Mitsubishi
1-5
Chapter 1
WARNING
Safety
DO NOT COME
NEAR TO SHAFT
EXPOSED ZONE
WHEN IN
OPERATION
PINCH POINT
STEEP
DROP
DO NOT
ENTER
DO NOT
TOUCH
DO NOT
TOUCH
MM-M08
Rev.001
TB0001_A
FIGURE
1-1

Mitsubishi
TYPES OF HAZARD WARNING LABEL
1-6
Chapter 1
Safety
1.2.4 Hazard Area
IMPORTANT
MM-M08
Rev.001
Only trained maintainers and operators are allowed to enter the

maintenance work area. Entry to the area by personnel untrained
could cause not only injury but also serious damage to the BFP
Turbine.

Mitsubishi
1-7
Chapter 1
1.3
Safety
Risk Assessment Standard

As prepared by the Design Section as per MIL STD822D.
TABLE 1-1
RISK ASSESSMENT STANDARD

Detailed Description of Impact on each Object
Category
Safety
Catastrophic
- Unit shutdown (unit cannot be

operated)
- More than 4 days for repairing
- Death
II
Critical
- Unit shutdown (can not be operated)

- Within 3 days for repairing
- Serious Injury
- Same as the above
III
Marginal
- Unit shutdown (can not be operated)

- Can be repaired by Customer
- Minor Injury
(with
hospitalization)
VI
Negligible
- Same as the above

- High temperature surface
- High elevation or unstable
- Not harmful and high
pressure & temperature
leakage
-Mechanical protected
- Minor Injury
(without
hospitalization)
RISK ASSESSMENT STANDARD (CONTINUED)
Definition
Description
Category
Detailed
(A)
Frequent
Repeating occurrence
1 time / 1 or 2 months
(B)
Probable
Known to occur, or, it has happened
1 time / 1 year
(C)
Occasional
Could occur
1 time / 5 years
(D)
Remote
Not likely to occur
1 time / 10 years
(E)
Improbable
Practically Impossible
1 or 2 times / total life
TABLE 1-1
Hazard
Categories
Frequency
of Occurrence
Rev.001
Environment
- Harmful gas or oil leakage
- High pressure and
temperature material leakage
such as steam, water, air and
gas, oil etc.
- Low oxygen
TABLE 1-1
MM-M08
Health
RISK ASSESSMENT STANDARD (CONTINUED)

I
II
III
VI
Catastrophic
Critical
Marginal
Negligible
(A)
Frequent
13
(B)
Probable
16
(C)
Occasional
11
18
(D)
Remote
10
14
19
(E)
Improbable
12
15
17
20

Mitsubishi
1-8
Chapter 1
10
5
3
2
10
5
3
2
10
5
3
2
10
5
3
2
7
4
3
4
3 9
2 8
1 7
7
4
3
Safety
7
4
3
7
4
3
4
3
STAIR WAY
2
3
5
10
3
7
8
3
4
7
STAIR WAY
2
3
5
10
2
3
5
10
2
3
5
10
3
4
7
3
4
7
1 7
2 8
3 9
4
3
4
7
NOTES
WARNING LABELS SHOUD BE IN ARABIC.
GEN. SIDE
YELLOW
YELLOW
FALL
WATCH YOUR STEP
Rev.001
AVOID INJURY
WATCH YOUR STEP
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0314
YELLOW
RISK OF A ROTATING
A HAND
YELLOW
RISK OF A GEAR
PINCHING A HAND
GOV. SIDE
(*1)
YELLOW
RISK OF A CHAIN
PINCHING A HAND
YELLOW
PINCH POINT
KEEP HANDS AWAY
YELLOW
YELLOW
DO NOT TOUCH
HOT SURFACE
YELLOW
YELLOW
DISCONNECT
AUTOMATIC START.
ELECTRICAL POWER
KEEP HANDS CLEAR.
BEFORE SERVICING
RED
DO NOT SMOKE
IN THIS AREA.
10
RED
OPERATING PERIOD
(*1) THE MOST SUITABLE ONE WILL BE ADOPTED TO EACH PLACE.
FIGURE 1-2
Mitsubishi
YELLOW
MAPPING FOR HAZARDOUS AREA
1-9
Chapter 1
1.4
Safety
Safety Measures
1.4.1 Work Permit System (Lockout/ Tagout)
MM-M08
Rev.001
Work permit system is applied when equipment is shutdown for

maintenance work, to complete the maintenance work under a safe
condition. The outline of the work permit system is as follows:
(1)
The Maintenance Engineer applies for the work permit clearly

indicating the content of the maintenance work that he wants to
do, and submits it to the Shift Charge Engineer.
(2)
The Shift Charge Engineer passes the work permit form to the
operator to study and decide the isolation method from the line in
operation on the mechanical and electrical view point and then
report to the Shift Charge Engineer with the comments on the
hazard conditions for the work.
(3)
The Shift Charge Engineer gives work permit number and

prepares necessary tags to show the work permit number and
the situation of isolation by valves and power supply. He will then
instruct the operators to set the isolation condition following the
work permit form.
(4)
The operators will open the breaker and set the valves to the
specified condition. They will also drain and vent the equipment
to be worked on and the breaker and the valves are to be locked.
The operators return the work permit to the Shift Charge
Engineer.
(5)
The Shift Charge Engineer confirms the isolation and will issue
the signed work permit to the Maintenance Engineer, or his
representative.
(6)
The Maintenance Engineer orders the start of the maintenance

work to the workers nominated.
(7)
The Maintenance Engineer or his representative will then return

the signed off work permit to the Shift Charge Engineer after
confirming the maintenance work is completed.
(8)
The Shift Charge Engineer will then send operators to release the
locks and return to the original situation.
(9)
The operators confirm the situation and report that the system is
now back to the normal condition when signing off the work
permit.
(10) The Shift Charge Engineer confirms that the work under the
permit is completed and files details in the log book.
The work permit system is to clarify responsibility for the works on each
step and to ensure that the work is performed safely.
Mitsubishi
1-10
Chapter 1
Safety
1.4.2 General Cautions on Personnel in Working Area

1.4.2.1
Cautions against Rotating Equipment

All couplings on rotating machines are covered by the
coupling cover but whole parts of the shaft are not fully
covered. It is recommended that the following warning is
observed strictly.
Do not approach or operate the equipment where protective

covers have been removed. Get additional supervisor
assistance.
Make sure that the breaker for the motor is opened when you
are required to remove the cover.
Care must be taken of the exposed rotating parts, especially

in the area between the casing and the coupling.
All shafting, coupling and other rotating parts must be

guarded in order to prevent accidental contact.
1.4.2.2
Cautions against Electrical Equipment
Always, confirm that power supply is disconnected at the

up-stream side of power supply system and it is locked
according to the Work Permit.
Do not remove or open panels or doors labeled with high

voltage live part warning label not included in the Work
Permit.
Ensure the proper earthing is provided for all electrically

operated tools and equipment used for maintenance works.
In case of usage of lamps for internal inspection, ensure

that a low voltage system (24volts) is available.
Make sure that no materials or Parts remain in the Panels or

terminal box before closing them finally.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The electrical equipment covered under this section

includes all the concerned plant equipment and the
maintenance tools like grinders, lamps, welding equipment
etc. Though live parts of the plant or maintenance tools
are insulated, be sure to observe the following cautions.
Failure to observe them may cause fatal accidents,
personal injuries and damage to the electrical equipment.

Mitsubishi
1-11
Chapter 1
1.4.2.3
Safety
Cautions against High Temperature Sections

Various equipment and pipelines contain high temperature
fluid and they are insulated on their surface. There are
however some pipe lines which are not insulated, and as their
temperature is very high and you could get burned, please
observe the following caution to avoid burn injury.
CAUTION
Suitable Personal Protective clothing is always available
and should always be worn, including gloves to avoid
direct contact to hot spots in the plant.
Level gauges of pressure vessels including connecting

pipes are not insulated to cool down the steam to drain.
Sampling piping is not insulated to cool down the steam to

suitable temperature for the analyzer except at the places
located close to the work place.
All exhaust pipes of safety valves and the exhaust pipe of

boiler flush pipe are not insulated.
Always wear gloves.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-12
Chapter 1
1.4.2.4
Safety
Cautions against Steam Leak in the Plant

The steam leak especially from high temperature steam
may cause serious injury to the personnel and it must be
repaired at an early stage of the leakage. The following
pre-cautions must be followed to find leakage at an early
stage.
Water drips may occur at the insulated parts such as the

connected part of the lagging. The leaking point can be found
by removing insulation partially using great care.
As you approach the leakage the water will change to visible

steam. It is now too dangerous to remove the insulation.
Leakage of the superheated steam only makes whistling

noise without generating white steam. It is very dangerous to
approach the noise area.
Contact the Charge Engineer to obtain a Permit to Work to

ensure plant isolation before repairing the damage.
Be well aware of the steam. The steam could leak from the
water system containing water at 100C or higher even if it is
a low pressure type water system.
High temperature drain or steam could leak from the flush

pipe during start-up.
If not avoided, the steam or vapor can enter the inside of your
working wear through the small gap between the body and
the clothing.
1.4.2.5 Caution against Oil Leak in the Plant
Oil leakage is very dangerous. It is a potential fire hazard.
Any oil spillage must be reported to the Shift Charge

Engineer.
Oil leaks make the area slippery and people are advised to
move around these areas carefully.
MM-M08
Rev.001
CAUTION

Mitsubishi
1-13
Chapter 1
1.4.2.6
Safety
Cautions against Chemicals

Pay attention to the items listed below to prevent any
accident related to the chemicals in the plant.
IMPORTANT
Precaution against chemicals:
Operate chemical injection systems by strictly following the

instruction of the chemist. The operator must use suitable
protective tools.
Disposal:
Observe the rules and regulation of the installation site.
Material Safety Data Sheet (hereafter MSDS):
Always understand the content of the applicable MSDS

before using and observe the notified instructions when
handling the chemical.
Emergency response:
Solution against emergency must be thoroughly instructed

to all personnel involved so that the fullest measures can be
taken against any situation.
1.4.2.7
Cautions against Combustible Materials/ Storage

Areas
IMPORTANT
Storage containers must be clearly marked to indicate the
content.
Bunding must be provided for bulk tanks.
Suitable fire protection must be provided for each area.
Do not store bulk combustible materials on the site.
Small quantities of combustible materials must be stored in

fire resistant cupboards.
Combustible materials must be segregated from other

equipment.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-14
Chapter 1
1.4.2.7
Safety
Cautions against Combustible Materials / Storage

Areas (Continued from previous page)
IMPORTANT
Leakage of gasoline has the risk of fire. Maximum storage

quantity of gasoline outside of the dispensing pump is five
liters.
Emergency response:
Personnel directly involved in combustible materials MUST

be properly trained and thoroughly instructed. Other
personnel in the vicinity must be aware of the dangers and
take precautions in all situations.
1.4.2.8
Cautions against Lack of Oxygen
Check that the oxygen content in the equipment vessel or in

the confined space is between 18~22% before entering, and
ensure sufficient ventilation.
Continue monitoring oxygen and ventilation during

inspection.
It is recommended that you do not enter the equipment,

vessel or confined space alone but if the situation demands
that you must enter, take the necessary preventive safety
measure provided, breathing system etc, and find a partner
who will wait for your return at the point of entry, keeping in
verbal contact throughout.
Make complete arrangements for rescue.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-15
Chapter 1
1.4.2.9
Safety
Cautions against Lifting Heavy Object

Be careful during the removal/installation of any
equipment during maintenance.
CAUTION
Do NOT attempt to move or lift equipment in an abnormal

posture. ALWAYS install/remove equipment, using a forklift
or a crane. A normal lift without mechanical aid should be
shared between two or more persons.
Failure to observe the above may cause injury due to

dropped equipment, back or waist injury or damage to the
equipment.
1.4.2.10
Cautions against Sharp Objects
CAUTION
1.4.2.11
Use leather gloves when handling parts with sharp edges.
Cautions using Fork Lift
CAUTION
Do NOT permit anyone to stand below any item being lifted
under any circumstance.
Failure to observe this may cause fatal accidents.
When using a forklift, ALWAYS lift the objects parallel to

the ground while considering the center of gravity.
Otherwise, lifted objects may fall and serious damage

could occur.
A forklift is often used to transfer small machines. Check

fork insertion position for the forklift prior to use. Be
careful, as marks which indicate the fork insertion
positions are sometimes hidden by wraps or packing
materials.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-16
Chapter 1
1.4.2.12
Safety
Cautions using Crane
CAUTION
A crane is often used to transfer heavy parts. Check for any

possible risks which could occur during hoisting and
transportation before operating the crane.
Check of the equipment:
Check the crane, the crane hook and all related items
before use. Use wire ropes which can withstand the weight
of the parts multiplied by a safety factor.
Inspect the shackles, eyebolts, jigs and wire ropes

provided for the hoisting work prior to the actual hoisting.
Perform periodical inspection (dye penetrant test) of

hoisting tools at least once a year.
Rigging / Slinging work:
Only authorized personnel can perform slinging work and

operation of the crane.
Work area:
Before hoisting, secure a working area around the part to

be lifted and prohibit the entry of unrelated personnel.
Hoisting method:
Hoist the part parallel to the ground while paying attention

to the center of gravity.
Do NOT permit any person to stand under the part being

lifted.
Pay attention to and ensure that all persons are clear of the
equipment being lifted.
Hoisting point:
Do NOT hoist any parts from a position other than the

specified hoisting points.
Unpacking:
Do NOT unpack any part until it is located in the
designated location.
Protection of machine:
Avoid any impact to the unpacked parts.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-17
Chapter 1
Safety
1.4.2.13 Disposal
a)
Water disposal including oily drain

The water is disposed to the plant drain system. The water must
be carefully disposed according to materials contained in the
water. The water drain system is separated into three categories
that are rain water, chemical water and oily water.
The waste waters are treated and then discharged to the public
drain system.
b)
Chemical disposal
Chemicals must be handled following the instruction of the MSDS
and disposed to the chemical drain system.
c)
Solid disposal made by maintenance work.
MM-M08
Rev.001
For disposal from the site, observe the local legal regulations.

Mitsubishi
1-18
Chapter 1
1.5
Safety
Emergency Measure
1.5.1 Evacuation on Emergency Case
1.5.1.1
Evacuation Route
Following items are considered on design and installation
of emergency evacuation.
IMPORTANT
Each building installed in the plant is provided with at least two

exits. A clear indication of the exits can be seen from anywhere
in the building as the exit sign is illuminated using the
emergency power supply.
Evacuation routes are indicated on each floor of the building,

directing personnel to the exits.
Keep the evacuation routes completely free from materials and

tools.
1.5.1.2
Evacuation of Disabled Persons Who Cannot

Move by Themselves
The following are necessary items, prepared for emergency
evacuation:
IMPORTANT
It is recommended to keep a stretcher available for
emergencies at the places selected as being secure at the
safety meeting.
If you find this kind of accident, inform the rescue team, and
attempt to bring the collapsed person to the first aid station.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-19
Chapter 1
1.5.1.3
Safety
Evacuation from Power House

Following are guidance for the evacuation from the power
house.
IMPORTANT
An evacuation place for personnel to gather in after

evacuation from the power house in an emergency must be
predetermined and explained beforehand in the emergency
training.
Evacuation directive must be given by the responsible

person such as Shift Charge Engineer, and all personnel
must be alerted in the power house repeatedly with an
available broadcast facility.
All people working in the power house must stop their work
immediately and leave the power house to the gathering
place.
When evacuated to the evacuation place, make sure

that there is no one missing.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-20
Chapter 1
Safety
1.5.2 Fire Accident
IMPORTANT
Clearly show the location of fire alarm push button and fire
extinguisher to make everybody take the first step at fire
protection.
Inform everyone concerned that a fire has now started if

you discover a fire.
Start fire fighting using the fire extinguisher located near

the fire site.
The operators must check the plant is ready for trip, and
wait for order from the responsible person.
The operator and other personnel must transfer the fire

fighting to the fire fighting team when they arrive at the fire
site and the operators must wait for instruction from the
Shift Charge Engineer. All other personnel must
immediately start evacuation.
If unit trip is decided, the operator must trip the plant

manually.
The operators must evacuate from the power house

according to the instruction of the responsible person
immediately after shutdown of the unit.
If the fire is extinguished successfully, the operators

should return to the power house as required by the Shift
Charge Engineer and start inspection of the equipment for
restart of the unit.
Based on the inspection, the responsible person should

decide whether to operate the unit again or shutdown for
repairing.
After the inspection or repair, and then checking the

equipment and/or system, start up the unit again.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-21
Chapter 1
Safety
1.5.3 Earthquake
In the case of an earthquake, the shift charge engineer or operator
must judge whether the unit trip is necessary according to the intensity
of the earthquake, and immediately trip the unit manually. If the unit is
tripped, all equipment must be carefully checked on its operation status
and tripped if abnormal phenomena are found.
In the local area, mechanical and/or thermal shocks may be given to
the equipment, piping, instruments and electrical panels. Be sure to
observe the following when completing the inspection.
Check that the lubricating oil pump is running. Bearings of

the equipment will be damaged if lubricating oil is not
supplied.
Check the piping and equipment for steam and water

leakage. The steam or high temperature water leakage may
cause serious injury to the personnel and it must be
repaired at an early stage of the leakage.
Check the pulverizers and/or coal silos for signs of a fire. If

a coal fire does start, make sure that the CO 2 fire fighting
system is properly operated.
Check the position of boiler seismic stopper. Since the

boiler seismic stopper must be anchored at the original
position, the boiler cannot be re-started if the slippage is
found. If the stopper is not at the original position, please
contact MHI.
CAUTION
Check the piping and equipment for the breaking and the
dropping of insulation. Since the exposure of the hot
surface may cause burn injury, it must be repaired by a
worker fully dressed in Personal Protective Equipment.
MM-M08
Rev.001
1.5.4 Explosion Accident

Mitsubishi
Do not use a fire in a hazardous area where the combustibles

(hydrogen gas, oxygen gas, coal, fuel oil, etc.) are stored or
handled. Use of a fire in a hazardous area could cause
serious injury to personnel and serious damage to
equipment due to an explosion.
1-22
Chapter 1
1.6
Safety
Qualification and Training

The system must be operated only by authorized operators & maintenance
supervisors.
The customer shall authorize all operators and maintainers, who are involved in
the operation and maintenance of this plant, either by the training course given
by Mitsubishi, or by customers own personnel assessment.
Operator and maintainer training course (both classroom training and On the
Job Training (OJT)) will be provided by Mitsubishi before the handing over of
this plant. The customer must train and assess new operators and maintainers
who join after the turn-over according to his own procedure and standard,
(Mitsubishi training course may still be available if required).
As a minimum, operator and maintainer must satisfy the following:
Operator and Maintainer can read and fully understand the description of
this manual.
Operator and Maintainer can understand the related P & ID, logic diagram.
Operator and Maintainer know the location of the system equipment

including pipe routes, valves and the various instruments.
Operator and Maintainer have fundamental knowledge of the function of

each equipment.
Operator can operate the equipment and the system manually at local
stations.
Operator can operate the system remotely using DCS system.
Operator can respond suitably for any kind of alarm.
Operator knows location of emergency exit on power house and is available

to provide first aid treatment.
Operator knows emergency communication system operation.
Operator and Maintainer know isolation method for mechanical, electrical

and instrumental equipment for maintenance work during plant operation.
Maintainer must also be able to handle the maintenance tools provided by

the owner and those supplied by the manufacturer.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
1-23
Chapter 2
General
C h a p t er
2 General
2.1
Purpose
The purpose of this maintenance manual is to provide specific information to the
Paiton Expansion Project maintenance personnel regarding the maintenance of
the boiler feed pump turbine. Although this document will convey a good
knowledge and direction regarding maintenance of the boiler feed pump turbine,
it is recommended that in the event of problem not covered in the document the
person responsible should seek assistance or instruction from the
manufacturer.
References
a)
BFP Turbine Steam P&I Diagram

MHI Dwg No. 0C058-97000-2117-1A
Project Dwg No: P101-51-3-00-10-B028.
b)
BFP Turbine Control and Lubrication Oil System Diagram

MHI Dwg No. T3060AAAA210-1
Project Dwg No: P101-51-3-TB-FW-O001.
c)

d)

e)
BFP Turbine Outline Drawing

MHI Dwg No: T3060AAAA003
f)
BFP Turbine Sectional Drawing

Project Dwg No: T3060ACAA001.
g)
LP Stop Valve Assembly

MHI Dwg No: N26-G11-5368.
h)
LP GV Assembly (1/2, 2/2)

MHI Dwg No: N26-G12-5484.
MM-M08
Rev.001
2.2

Mitsubishi
2-1
Chapter 2
Outline Drawing for Control and Lubrication Oil System

Vendor Dwg No: B1-08236.
j)
Double Thrust and Radial Bearing Assembly (No.1 Bearing)

Vendor Dwg No: A1GB15258.
k)
Tilting Pad Radial Bearing Assembly (No.2 Bearing)

Vendor Dwg No: A1GB15259.
l)
Turning Device and SSS Clutch Assembly Drawing

MHI Dwg No: 04591-01920-J165.
m)
Bolt Arrangement & Instruction for Tightening Bolt

MHI Dwg No: N26-10M-1302.
n)
BFP Turbine Enclosure Assembly (1/2, 2/2)

MHI Dwg No: 04591-01160-8000.
o)
Overhaul Plan for BFP-T

MHI Dwg No: P97000-4377
Project Dwg No: P101-61-3-BT-00-E024.
p)
Lube Oil Unit of BFP Turbine

MHI Dwg No: 04591-05710-J425.
MM-M08
Rev.001
i)
General

Mitsubishi
2-2
Chapter 2
2.3
General
Overview of the Boiler Feed Pump Turbine

Refer to Figure 2-1.
Note
Nomenclature used throughout this maintenance manual is that
commonly used for steam turbines.
Governor End (Gov End) is the end of the BFP turbine (BFP-T) at which the
turning device is installed.
Pump End is the end of the BFP-T at which the boiler feed pump (BFP) is
installed.
Right Side (RS) is the right side of the longitudinal axis of the BFP-T, viewed
from the Gov End.
Left Side (LS) is the left side the BFP-T longitudinal axis, viewed from the
Gov End.
The turbine blade rows are numbered from 1 to 6 with No. 1 blade row at the
Gov End, adjacent to the steam inlet nozzles.
The diaphragms are numbered from 2 to 6 with No. 2 diaphragm being
between No.1 blade row and No.2 blade row.
Note
There is no No.1 diaphragm as the steam inlet nozzles perform
this duty.
The Paiton expansion project is provided with two 1485 t/hr (50% capacity)
turbine driven boiler feed pumps (T-BFP) and one 1190 t/hr (40% capacity)
motor driven boiler feed pump (M-BFP) to supply feed water to the boiler. The
two turbine driven BFPs and the motor driven BFP are located adjacent to each
other on the ground level of the turbine building.
The M- BFP supplies feed water to the boiler during startup and low load
operation and also when either of the T-BFPs is tripped or out of service. During
normal continuous operation of the Unit, both T-BFPs will be in service.
In the case of M-BFP, the main feed pump is driven by two identical electrical
motors (series-coupled) through a hydraulic coupling. The booster pump for the
M-BFP is driven by another electrical motor.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Each BFP-T drives a main feed pump directly. The corresponding booster pump
is also driven by the same BFP-T through a reduction gear box. The main feed
pump and its respective booster pump are started by the BFP-T simultaneously.

Mitsubishi
2-3
Chapter 2
General
The changeover from the M-BFP to the fist T-BFP occurs at a load
corresponding to approximately 30% of Rated Output or BMCR (Boiler
Maximum Continuous Rating). The second T-BFP will automatically start at a
load corresponding to 50% BMCR and both T-BFPs run up to a load
corresponding to 100% BMCR.
The BFP-T is of the single cylinder, horizontal, axial flow, impulse, condensing
type steam turbine and utilizes a combination of impulse (Rateau) blading and
reaction blading.
Driving steam for the BFP-T passes through the LPSV and the low pressure
governing valve (LPGV) and is then admitted to the turbine through the nozzles
mounted in the cylinder cover. The LPGV is made integral with the cylinder
cover and the LPSV is secured to the LPGV by bolting, at the Gov End of the
turbine.
Under normal operation, steam from the IP turbine exhaust is admitted to the
BFP-T through the steam chest located in the cover of the BFP-T. The steam
admission is controlled by the LPGV, which is of the conventional bar type,
multi-valve arrangement and is operated through suitable linkage by the LPGV
servomotor. The nozzle chamber is sectioned such that each valve admits
steam to a group of nozzles; each group has 12 nozzles. The feed nozzle
groups of the two end valves extend down into the cylinder base, so that the
complete set of nozzles cover about 75% of the periphery of the first stage
blades.
After passing through the six rows of turbine blades, the steam exhausts from
the Pump End of the turbine directly into the main condenser which is at a near
total vacuum and at a relatively low temperature. The condensate is collected in
the condenser hot-well.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The BFP-T is a variable speed machine with two sources of driving steam, one
from the No.5 extraction of the IP turbine (IP turbine exhaust), and the other
from the auxiliary steam header. The IP extraction steam is the source of steam
supply for the BFP-T during normal operation and the auxiliary steam is used at
startup.

Mitsubishi
2-4
Chapter 2
General
APC3
SAFETY VALVE
SILENCER
ESCAPE PIPE
PIT
PIT
FROM 1.5MPa BFP-T

AUX. STEAM SUPPLY LINE
NO.5 EXTRACTION STEAM
ZT
ZT
SEQ1
SEQ1
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
SEQ1
DLSIO
PI
DPT
TO BFP-T INLET
DRAIN HEADER
SEQ1
PP
PP
TE
TE
TO BFP-T INLET
DRAIN HEADER
FIT
FIT
DLSIO
RUPTURE SEQ1
DISK
SEQ1
PI
DPT
TE
TE
LP-SV
LP-SV
TO MAIN CONDENSER
TO MAIN CONDENSER
LPGV
BFP TURBINE 3A
BFP TURBINE 3B
16 MESH
MM-M08
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
Rev.001
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
16 MESH
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
TO DRAIN MANIFOLD
SEQ1
MPTD-3-0782

Mitsubishi
FIGURE 2-1
BFP TURBINE STEAM FLOW DIAGRAM
2-5
Chapter 2
General
EXHAUST REDUCER
LP GOVERNING VALVE
LP STOP VALVE
EXHAUST CASING
LPGV SERVOMOTOR
TURNING DEVICE
BEARING PEDESTAL (GOV END)
TURBINE CYLINDER
MPTD-3-0783
MM-M08
Rev.001
LPSV SERVOMOTOR
FIGURE 2-2
Mitsubishi
ISOMETRIC VIEW OF BFP TURBINE
2-6
General
MM-M08
Rev.001
Chapter 2
FIGURE 2-3
Mitsubishi
BFP TURBINE OUTLINE DRAWING
2-7
Chapter 2
2.4
General
Construction
The complete turbine is described as a single cylinder, horizontal, axial flow,
impulse, condensing type, installed indoors.
The entire BFP-T and its associated valves are mounted on a prefabricated
steel base frame (15), which is secured to a sturdy concrete foundation.
Mounted on the base frame are the supporting channel beams for the Gov End
bearing pedestal (6), turbine casing feet and Pump End bearing pedestal (7).
The BFP-T cylinder is supported at four locations on the base frame such that is
located axially at the BFP-T exhaust axis line while permitting axial and radial
expansions.
The BFP-T rotor is supported and located by two radial bearings (8 and 9) and a
thrust bearing (10) installed within two bearing pedestals at the Gov End and
Pump End of the cylinder.
Mounting is provided for securing the turning device assembly at the Gov End
bearing pedestal.
The main components of the BFP-T are:
Casing
Rotor
Blading
Nozzles and diaphragms
Gland seal assemblies
Bearings and bearing pedestals
Rotor turning device
Rupture disc
LPSV
LPGV
Enclosure.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
2-8
Chapter 2
General
2.4.1 Casing
The structural shape of the casing and the method of support are
carefully designed to resist forces, stresses and moment that can be
imposed by the connecting steam piping and so that thermal changes
shall produce symmetrical movements and thereby minimize the
possibility of distortion.
The complete BFP-T casing is made in two sections, a turbine cylinder
(1) and an exhaust casing (2). Both the turbine cylinder and the
exhaust casing are split in the horizontal centerline to form a base and
a cover. The turbine cylinder is made of cast steel on which the steam
chest and nozzle chamber are cast integral at the inlet end. The
exhaust casing is of the fabricated (welded) steel construction.
During the initial assembly, the vertical joints between the base and the
cover of these two sections are made up permanently and thereafter
the covers are handled as a single item usually referred to as the upper
casing (4). A complete inspection of the BFP-T can be made by
removing the upper casing (4) only and the lower casing (5) need not to
be disturbed after installation.
The upper casing is secured to the lower casing by bolts; no sealing
gasket is required between the upper and lower casings. Lugs are
provided on the upper and lower casings for handling during installation
and overhaul.
Slots are bored in the turbine cylinder (1) to accept diaphragms (17),
the larger bore being towards the Pump End. Each slot is milled at the
horizontal joint of both the base and the cover to accommodate the
diaphragm retaining keys and screws. Slots are also provided at the
Gov End of the turbine casing to install the nozzles (16)
circumferentially before the first row of rotating blades (18).
Passages in the upper casing (4) admit steam to the nozzles (16) in the
nozzle chamber through the LPGV (11). The steam, after passing
through the rotating blades (18) and the diaphragms (17), exits
upwards through the exhaust casing (2).
MM-M08
Rev.001
Drain nozzles are provided in the lower casing (one in the nozzle
chamber before the first stage blades, one before the 4th row
diaphragm and one in the exhaust casing) to drain any condensate
collected in the lower casing (5).
The lower halves of the gland casings (19, 20) are installed integrally at
the Gov End and Pump End of the lower casing and gland sealing rings
(21) are installed in the gland casings to reduce leakage of steam from
the turbine casing. Gland steam supply and exhaust passages are
incorporated into the turbine casing at both the Gov and Pump Ends.
Mitsubishi
2-9
Chapter 2
General
Refer to Figure 2-6 for information of casing supports. The turbine

casing is supported at four locations on the base frame. The supports,
provided on the RH and LH sides of the exhaust casing, are of the fixed
type and they locate the turbine casing in the exhaust casing centerline
while permitting transverse and axial expansions. The supports
provided at the Gov End and Pump End are of the sliding type and
allow the turbine casing to expand axially.
The lower casing (1) is supported on the base frame (5) at the RH and
LH sides using two integral casing feet (2) welded near the top of the
lower half exhaust casing. This arrangement places the point of support
as close as possible to the horizontal center line. These casing feet are
axially positioned on keys between the feet and the support pedestal.
This arrangement maintains the axial position of the cylinder while
permitting radial movement to accommodate thermal expansion.
The lower casing at the Pump End is supported by an integral bearing
pedestal (15) welded to the exhaust casing (Refer to Detail C in Figure
2-6). An extension beneath the bearing pedestal engages a guide (18)
on the base frame, thus locating the turbine cylinder in the turbine axis
while permitting longitudinal expansion. Liners (16), provided between
the support extension and the guides, enable smooth movement.
The lower casing at the Gov End is supported on the base frame (5)
through a support bracket (3) welded to the Gov End bearing pedestal
(Refer to Detail A in Figure 2-6). The turbine casing arms are free to
slide around a loosely secured stud through each arm and the vertical
movement is restrained. Liners (7, 11) are provided between the
support brackets and the bearing pedestals to enable smooth relative
movement.
2.4.2 Rotor
The rotor (1) is a single forging which is machined all over. The turbine
rotor with integral blade discs (2) and thrust collar (3) is machined from
a high grade alloy steel forging. After the blade installation and final
machining, the rotor is dynamically balanced.
Machined stepped and plain surfaces are provided at various locations

on the rotor surfaces to provide fine running clearances between the
rotor and gland seal rings and also between the rotor and bearing
pedestal oil seal rings at the Gov End and Pump End.
MM-M08
Rev.001
At the Pump End, the rotor is machined and a keyway is cut to accept a
coupling flange (7). At the Gov End, the rotor is provided with an
integral flange to secure the Synchro-Self-Shifting (SSS) clutch
between the rotor and the turning device.

Mitsubishi
2-10
Chapter 2
General
Six blade discs (2), reducing in diameter from the Pump End, are
machined across their periphery to accommodate the serrated roots of
the rotating blades (4). The rotating blades after insertion into these
serrated roots are secured using locking pins, locking strips and
caulking strips depending on their locations.
Equalizing holes (6) are drilled axially through the blade discs 1 to 6 to
equalize the steam pressure at each side of the blade discs and
substantially reducing axial thrust.
At the Gov End, a thrust collar (3) is machined and faced to a fine finish
to provide surfaces against which the thrust bearing pads abut and
locate the rotor.
Balance plug holes (5) are provided on the blade discs (2) of stages 1
and 6 to facilitate adjustment during the dynamic balancing of the rotor
assembly.
2.4.3 Blading
Turbine rotor blades are precision-machined components, each row
having a different length and profile.
The blades installed to discs 1, 2 and 3 are of the impulse (Rateau)
type and the blades installed to discs 4, 5 and 6 are of the reaction
type.
All rotating blades (1) have serrated roots (2) which engage matching
profiled slots cut across the periphery of their respective blade discs (3)
in the rotor.
For blade rows 1 to 3, a blind hole is drilled in each blade root into
which a stopper pin (6) is inserted upon installation as shown in Section
X-X. The stopper pin engages the half-round groove which is machined
circumferentially around each blade disc, thereby locking the blade (1)
to the disc (3). The stopper pin is retained by the installation of the next
blade. Insertion of the stopper pin (6) is not possible upon installation of
the last blade (5) and it is specially locked by a lock pin/lock key (7).
Blades for row 1 incorporate tenons (9) at their outer extremity. These
tenons engage holes in shrouds (8) which, when riveted, secure groups
of blades together. The edge of the shroud affixed to row 1 is reduced
in thickness at the steam entry side and are axially faced to provide a
fine running clearance with the face of the nozzle block.
MM-M08
Rev.001
For blade rows 4 to 6, the serrated blade roots (2) after insertion into
the grooves in the blade discs (3) are locked to the rotor using caulking
pieces (11) and locking pieces (10).

Mitsubishi
2-11
Chapter 2
General
Blades for row 6 are drilled at center length and a lacing wire (13) is
inserted in sections through these holes and welded in a specified
manner. The wire is retained in position by tack welding to the blades
where the wire ends. The outer ends of the blades are machined to
provide a fine clearance with the flow guide bore. A section of the row 6
blades from the tip is provided with stellite strips (12) at the leading
edge to protect the blades from erosion.
The shrouds of the adjacent blades lock with each other. Upon
completion of installation, the shrouds (8) (for all rows) are machined
circumferentially to provide a fine clearance with the diaphragm fins.
The inner end faces of the blades, adjacent to the roots (2), are
reduced in thickness and axially faced to provide a fine running
clearance with the face of the adjacent diaphragms.
2.4.4 Nozzles and Diaphragms

The nozzles (5) and the diaphragms (3, 4) are installed directly into the
passages within the turbine casing (1, 2).
Nozzles
The nozzles (5) are installed directly into grooves provided in the
nozzle chamber at the downstream of the LPGV and direct the steam
supply provided at high velocities via the LPSV and the LPGV to the 1st
stage rotating blades.
The nozzles are secured to the upper casing (1) circumferentially in an
arc of about 270. The arc is partitioned to form 6 segments, each
segment connected separately to the outlet of the valves (#1 to #6) in
the LPGV through internal passages. Each segment is provided with
twelve nozzles, each nozzle having a throat diameter of 37.7 mm.
Diaphragms
MM-M08
Rev.001
All diaphragms are jig assembled and welded assemblies consisting of

accurately machined curved vanes (6) secured between the inner rings
(20) and outer rings (21).
Each diaphragm is split into halves across the diameter in the
horizontal center plane to form a steam tight joint. Keyways are
machined into the horizontal joint faces of the upper and lower half
diaphragms and two keys (11) are installed to locate the upper half
diaphragm (3) on the lower half diaphragm (4). The engagement of the
key (11) in the keyway of the upper half diaphragm, on assembly,
ensures accurate alignment. The inner rings of the upper and lower half
diaphragms are provided with threaded eye bolt holes (18) in the
horizontal joint surface for handling purpose.
Mitsubishi
2-12
Chapter 2
General
Slots are machined on the outer periphery of the lower half diaphragm
(4) as shown in Detail X just below the horizontal joint surface to install
two support keys (7). The support keys are secured to the lower casing
(2) using hexagonal socket head bolts (8). The support keys, on
installation, support the lower half diaphragm (4) in the turbine lower
casing (2).
The assembled upper and lower half diaphragms (3 and 4) are located
in the vertical axis of the turbine casing (1 and 2), at the top and bottom
ends, with two centering keys (9). The centering keys are secured to
the upper and lower turbine casings and engage in slots provided on
the outer periphery of the upper and lower half diaphragms.
The outer rings (21) of the diaphragms #2 to #5 are machined to a
diameter to provide a small radial clearance with the bore of its
respective groove in the cylinder (1, 2) to permit differential expansion.
Matching peripheral slots are provided in the upper and lower turbine
casings to suit the width of the outer rings to accommodate and locate
the diaphragms in the turbine casing axially.
The overhanging extension (22) at the downstream side of each outer
ring on diaphragms #2 to #5 is grooved to accept sealing strips (12)
which are locked in place by caulking with soft iron locking strips (13).
The bore of each sealing strip provides a fine clearance with the
machined surfaces of the corresponding rotating blading shrouds.
The outer ring (21) for diaphragm #6 is machined to a clearance with
the bore of the cylinder. A peripheral slot is machined to provide a close
fit with the width of the outer ring within the turbine cylinder bore.
Similar to diaphragms #2 to #5, the small radial clearance permits
differential expansion. The upper and lower halves of #6 diaphragm are
also provided with centering keys (9) in the vertical axis at the top and
bottom ends of the turbine casing.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Each diaphragm is provided with an inter-stage seal ring assembly (10)

to reduce leakage of steam between stages. A T shaped slot is
machined into the bore of the inner ring (20) of each diaphragm to
accommodate the four segments of the seal ring (10). Slots are
machined just beneath the half joint of each half diaphragm to
accommodate two retaining pins (14) to provide anchor for a spring
(15). The spring encompasses the outside diameter of the seal ring
segments, ensuring that they bear against the lip of the slot. A further
hole is drilled adjacent to one spring retaining pin slot on the upper half
diaphragm to accommodate an anti-rotation pin (16) which engages
with a matching hole in the seal ring segment to prevent rotation.
The bore of each seal ring segment is machined to a fine sealing edge
of an appropriate diameter so that a fine clearance between each
sealing edge and the rotor is achieved.
Mitsubishi
2-13
Chapter 2
General
2.4.5 Gland Seal Assemblies

Governor End Gland Seal Assembly
Leakage of steam at the location where the rotor protrudes the cylinder
at the Gov End is reduced to a minimum by a gland seal assembly. The
Gov End gland is of the labyrinth seal type in which the total pressure
drop from the inside to the outside of the gland is broken up into a large
number of expansions thus reducing steam leakage to a minimum.
The upper and lower halves of the Gov End gland casing (3) are cast
integral with the upper and lower turbine casings (1 and 2) respectively.
The Gov End gland seal assembly is provided with six rows of gland
seal rings (7) as shown in Detail A, each seal ring containing four
segments.
The seal ring segments are installed in the gland casing with a 'T' root
fit. The 'T' groove in the gland casing is designed to allow limited radial
movement. The seal ring segments (7) are installed in the 'T' root
groove with a radial clearance to enable the seal rings to spring back
during any accidental rubbing with the rotor. As indicated in Detail C,
two springs (9) (one in the upper half gland casing and another in the
lower half casing) around the seal ring segments (7) locate them in
their normal running positions. Each spring (9) is held by two spring
retaining pins (10) which are held in grooves cut on the horizontal joint
surfaces of the gland casing (3). These springs apply continuous
closing force on the segments such that they are pushed towards the
rotor and maintain the required seal clearance at near constant values.
The first five rows of the seal ring segments in the direction of leakage
steam flow are provided with internal slots to supply the leaking steam
into the 'T' root grooves. This arrangement provides additional closing
force on the seal ring segments during operation in addition to the force
provided by the leaf springs.
The steam pressure behind the seal ring segment in the T root groove
will be greater than that on the internal side near the seal strips. This
differential pressure makes the seal ring seat radially by having a
steam force. Thus the sealing steam provides a net inward acting force
in the radial direction, in addition to that provided by the springs.
Rev.001
IMPORTANT
MM-M08
The seal rings with pressure supply slots must always

be inserted with the slots facing the steam flow.

Mitsubishi
2-14
Chapter 2
General
Note
The extreme seal ring segment nearer to the atmosphere does
not have the pressure supply slot.
A retaining pin (8), secured to the upper half gland casing just above
the horizontal joint, prevents each row of gland seal segments located
in the upper half gland casing from falling when the upper casing (1) is
lifted for inspection or maintenance.
Labyrinth effect is created by multiple rows of parallel fine sealing
edges of varying heights machined in each seal ring segment to
provide a fine clearance between each sealing edge and the rotor. The
rotor is provided with stepped surfaces to increase the progressive
expansion effect and to provide effective sealing. The sealing edges
are machined to a thickness of 0.2 mm and are of such material that
any contact damage between them and the rotor would be negligible.
The seal ring segments are numbered 1 ~ 4 at each joint for
identification. After every dismantling, it is important to reassemble the
seal ring segments in their original relationship.
A positive pressure chamber (5) and a negative pressure chamber (6)
are formed in the gland casing as indicated in Detail A. Regulated
sealing steam enters the positive pressure chamber (5) and leakage
steam and air mixture from the negative pressure chamber (6) is
directed to the gland steam condenser (GSC).
The GSC maintains a partial vacuum in the negative pressure chamber.
This prevents leakage of steam past this chamber into the turbine
building.
Pump End Gland Seal Assembly

The function of the Pump End gland seal assembly is to prevent entry
to atmospheric air into the turbine exhaust casing. The Pump End
gland seal assembly is also provided with a labyrinth type seal
assembly as shown in Detail B.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The upper and lower halves of the Pump End gland casing (4) are
welded to the upper and lower exhaust casing respectively.
The Pump End gland seal assembly is provided with three rows of
gland seal rings (7), each row containing four segments. The
construction and function of the gland seal rings (7) are similar to those
of the Gov End gland seal rings, the difference being in the positioning
of the steam pressure slot direction.

Mitsubishi
2-15
Chapter 2
General
Similar to the Gov End gland assembly, a positive pressure chamber

(5) and a negative pressure chamber (6) are formed in the gland casing
(4) as indicated in Detail B. Regulated sealing steam enters the
positive pressure chamber (5) and leakage steam and air mixture from
the negative pressure chamber (6) flows to the GSC.
The partial vacuum in the negative pressure chamber by the GSC
prevents leakage of atmospheric air past this chamber into the turbine
casing.
2.4.6 Gov End Bearing Pedestal

The Gov End bearing pedestal is mounted on the base frame as
indicated in Details A and B in Figure 2-6.
The Gov End bearing pedestal encloses and supports the combined
No.1 radial and thrust bearing assembly (4) and various supervisory
instrumentation pickups (12a, 12b) and provides mountings for the
turning device (3) and the manual oil injection trip device (18).
Provision is also made in the bearing pedestal to support and secure
the turbine lower casing arms (7) at the Gov End turbine casing.
The bearing pedestal is in made in two halves; a base (1) and a cover
(2). The pedestal base (1) is welded with a support bracket (5) at the
bottom which supports the bearing pedestal and the turbine casing.
The support bracket is located on the base frame using two parallel
pins (15) and secured by stud bolts (16) and U-nuts (17).
The pedestal cover (2) fits over stud bolts (21) provided in the pedestal
base horizontal joint to which it is secured with U-nuts (22) and located
by taper pins (23).
The bearing pedestal base (1) is welded with integral bearing seat (8)
to support the common bearing housing for the thrust bearing and the
No.1 radial bearing (4). The bearing housing is retained in position by
an integral bearing keep (9) welded to the pedestal cover (2).
MM-M08
Rev.001
The pedestal base is provided with openings for entry of oil supply pipe
(13) and oil drain pipe (14). The lube oil after lubricating the thrust and
radial bearings is collected in the pedestal base through oil pans (24)
and routed to the BFP-T oil tank by the larger drain pipe.
The inboard end of the bearing pedestal is provided with an oil seal ring
(10) to prevent leakage of oil from the bearing pedestal along the rotor.
The oil seal ring is made in two halves and is held in grooves cut in the
bore of the pedestal where the rotor enters the pedestal. The seal ring
is provided with thin sealing edges to provide a fine clearance between
sealing edge and the rotor. An oil pan (11) installed outside the
pedestal collects any oil leaking past the oil seal ring.
Mitsubishi
2-16
Chapter 2
General
The turning device (3) is secured to the outboard end of the pedestal.
The pedestal cover is provided with an inspection cover (19) and
sealed with a gasket (20). The inspection cover (19) has provisions for
bolting the turning device support (25).
The pedestal base is also provided with extended internal flanges for
mounting the turbine supervisory instrument assemblies (12a and 12b)
adjacent to the thrust bearing and the No.1 radial bearing respectively.
The pedestal is also provided with an external mounting arrangement
on the LS adjacent to the turbine supervisory instrument assembly to
install the emergency manual trip device (18).
2.4.7 No.1 Radial Bearing and Thrust Bearing Assembly

The BFP-T rotor at the Gov End is supported by a combined thrust and
radial bearing assembly, installed within the Gov End bearing pedestal.
The thrust bearing and the No.1 radial bearing are installed within a
common bearing housing.
The bearing housing (1) is made in two halves, the upper half and the
lower half. The two halves of the bearing housing are secured by
socket head cap screws (4) and serrated washers (5). The bearing
housing is supported on an integral bearing seat (2) welded to the
bearing pedestal base and retained by an integral bearing keep (3)
provided on the pedestal cover. The assembled bearing housing is
prevented from rotation by an anti-rotation pin (6). The bearing housing
is provided with eye bolt holes (27) for handling during installation and
maintenance. The bearing housing (1) is also provided with internal
passages (28, 29) for the installation of thermocouples to measure
metal temperatures of the radial pads (8) and the thrust pads (14).
The No.1 radial (journal) bearing is installed at the inboard end of the
bearing housing and the thrust bearing at the outboard end.
No.1 Radial Bearing

The radial bearing is of the multiple tilting pad type. The radial bearing
assembly mainly consists of five tilting radial pads (8), radial pad stops
(9) and an end plate (11).
MM-M08
Rev.001
The inner surface of each radial pad is lined with white metal coating
and the outer surface is profiled to provide a tilting surface with its
seating surface in the bearing housing (1). This arrangement permits
the pad to tilt and to form the necessary oil wedge.
The five radial pads (8) are held in position by five radial pad stops (9)
installed at the ends of each pad. The radial pad stops are secured to
the bearing housing with circlips (10).
Mitsubishi
2-17
Chapter 2
General
The end plate (11), split at the horizontal joint, is secured to the Pump
End of the bearing housing with button head socket screws (12). A
spigot provided on the end plate ensures alignment of the bearing
components on assembly.
The thrust and radial bearings are lubricated by a common pressurized
oil system. Lubricating oil for the No.1 radial bearing is supplied
through an internal passage in the bearing seat (2) and passes through
an annular passage in the bearing housing (1). Each radial pad stop
has a bored opening to deliver the lubricating oil from the annular
passage into the space between two pads. The oil after lubrication is
drained into the bearing pedestal through the gap between the end
plate (11) and the rotor (7).
Thrust Bearing
The thrust bearing is designed to resist thrust in either direction and
limits the potential turbine axial movement within the thrust clearance,
and provides protection for the turbine internal components.
The thrust bearing is a white metal faced multiple pad bearing, with a
lever mounting system to allow the pads to tilt and thereby share the
load evenly. A thrust collar (26), machined integrally with the BFP-T
rotor (7), transmits thrust from the rotor to the bearing pedestal. Two
sets of thrust bearing components are provided, one set on each side
of the thrust collar.
The thrust bearing consists of nine thrust pads (14), on each side of the
thrust collar, supported on levers (15) and pillars (16). The levers, by
virtue of their rocking motion, allow the pads to take a position with their
centers of loading all in the same plane. Consequently, each pad takes
an equal share of the load.
Thrust pad stops (18), held in grooves in the cage ring (13), retain the
thrust pads in position and maintain the pitch between them. O-rings
(19) installed on the thrust pad stops prevent internal oil leakage.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The thrust pads (14), levers (15) and pillars (16) are contained within
the cage ring (13). The thrust bearing components after installation are
retained by a spacer (20) at each side, which is secured to the cage
ring (13) by screws (21). The spacer provides support to the levers (15)
which in turn support other components. The thickness of the spacers
can be adjusted to obtain the required thrust clearance.
The cage ring (13) is in two pieces to permit assembly around the rotor
without removing the thrust collar, one piece having four thrust pads
and the other having five pads. The free thrust pad adjacent to the cage
ring split line is secured with a pad retention pin (25) to prevent the
pads from falling when the upper half cage ring is lifted.

Mitsubishi
2-18
Chapter 2
General
An end plate (23), split at the horizontal joint, is secured to the bearing
housing with socket head cap screws (24) and ensures alignment of
the bearing components on assembly. Two anti-rotation pins (22), one
on side, installed between the cage ring (13) and the end plate (23)
prevents rotation of the bearing.
The thrust bearing is also lubricated by the common pressurized lube
oil line, which supplies oil for the No.1 radial bearing. The lubricating oil
for the thrust bearing is supplied from the same annular passage
around the No.1 radial bearing through internal passages. Lubricating
oil is supplied through two oil inlets, one for each side of the thrust
collar, on the upper half bearing housing and drained into the bearing
pedestal through equally spaced six apertures in the bearing housing.
2.4.8 Pump End Bearing Pedestal

The Pump End bearing pedestal is integral with the exhaust casing. It
encloses and supports the No.2 radial bearing (8) and the turbine
supervisory instrumentation pick-up assembly (16).
The bearing pedestal is in made in two haves; a base (1) and a cover
(2). The pedestal base (1) is supported and welded to the turbine
exhaust casing at the bottom. The pedestal cover (2) is located on the
pedestal base (1) by taper pins (14) and secured by stud bolts (13) and
U-nuts (19).
To the pump end of the bearing pedestal, a coupling cover is bolted to
provide protection against the diaphragm coupling (6). The coupling
cover is made in halves, the lower half cover (3) and the upper half
cover (4). The upper half coupling cover is secured to the lower half
cover with bolts (18). The complete coupling cover is secured to the
bearing pedestal using bolts (17), the lower half coupling cover (3)
being secured to the pedestal base (1) and the upper half cover (4) to
the pedestal cover (2).
MM-M08
Rev.001
The pedestal base (1) is provided with an integral bearing seat (9) to
provide support to the No.2 radial bearing (8). The radial bearing is
retained in position by an integral bearing keep (10) welded to the
pedestal cover (2).
The pedestal base is provided with an opening for the entry of oil
supply pipe (20) and oil drain pipe (21). The lube oil is supplied to the
radial bearing through an opening in the bearing seat (9) which
connects to the annular oil supply slot around the bearing and extends
around the bearing bore. The lube oil after lubricating the radial bearing
is collected in the pedestal base through an oil pan (23) and routed to
the BFP-T oil tank by the drain pipe (21).

Mitsubishi
2-19
Chapter 2
General
The inboard end of the bearing pedestal is provided with an oil seal ring
(11) to prevent leakage of oil from the bearing pedestal along the rotor.
The oil seal ring is made in two halves and is held in grooves cut in the
bore of the pedestal where the rotor enters the pedestal. The seal ring
is provided with thin sealing edges to provide a fine clearance between
sealing edge and the rotor. An oil pan (12) is installed outside the
pedestal to collect any oil leaking past the oil seal ring.
The pedestal cover is provided with an inspection cover (15) and
sealed with a gasket (22), to inspect the supervisory instrumentation
pick-up without removing the pedestal cover.
2.4.9 No.2 Radial Bearing

The No.2 radial bearing is of the multiple tilting pad type. It is identical
in construction to the No.1 radial bearing.
2.4.10 Rotor Turning Device

The major components of the turning device are a speed reduction unit
with a drive motor and a SSS clutch.
The speed reduction unit consists of a motor (19) installed on a buddy
box (1). The buddy box is a speed reduction gear box which reduces
the speed of the drive motor (19) from 990 rpm to 19 rpm. The turning
device is attached to the BFP-T by securing the buddy box (1) to the
outboard end of the Gov End bearing pedestal through the SSS clutch
housing (2).
The buddy box is oil lubricated and is provided with a breather/filler
plug (22) to fill lubricating oil and a drain plug (23) to drain oil. An oil
gauge (21) installed on the buddy box indicates oil level.
The drive motor (19) is mounted on the buddy box vertically. Rigidity to
the turning device is provided by installing an additional support (20)
and securing the turning device motor to the bearing pedestal.
The turning device is driven by a 3.7 kW, 6-P, 50 Hz, 380V induction
motor at a speed of 990 rpm.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The turning device is coupled to the BFP-T rotor by connecting the

output shaft (3) of the buddy box to the BFP-T rotor through the SSS
clutch. A speed sensing device (proximity sensor) (15) installed in the
buddy box senses the Engagement and Disengagement positions of
the SSS clutch.

Mitsubishi
2-20
Chapter 2
General
The motor (19) has a provision at the NDE to rotate the BFP-T rotor
manually with a ratchet handle (12) during an emergency, when there
is a motor failure or a total power failure.
2.4.11 SSS Clutch

The SSS clutch is a fully automatic free-wheel device which transmits
power through gear tooth elements.
Clutch engagement is initiated at the instant the speed of the input
shaft (27) tends to overtake that of the output clutch ring (24), by a
helical sliding component (25) actuated by a pawl (28) to bring the
driving and driven teeth into smooth and positive mesh.
The clutch disengages automatically as the torque reverses when the
speed of the output clutch ring (24) increases relative to the input shaft
(27).
There is no possibility of the teeth clashing while being engaged, or of
the drive being taken up before the teeth are engaged over their full
face width.
The SSS clutch is installed between the turning device and the BFP-T
rotor and provides a simple mechanical means of automatically
engaging or disengaging the turning device.
If the BFP-T rotor is stationary, the clutch will engage immediately the
turning device motor is started. The clutch will disengage automatically
when the speed of the rotor exceeds that of the turning device.
The clutch also permits the turning device to be started while the speed
of the rotor is slowing down. It will automatically engage to take over
the drive when the speed of the rotor reduces to that of the turning
device.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The SSS turning device clutch comprises of the following components:
A helically splined input shaft (27) with external helical splines.

The input shaft is bolted to the output shaft (3) of the buddy box
(1).
A helical sliding component (25) which has internal clutch teeth

and external ratchet and clutch teeth.
An output clutch ring (24) having internal clutch teeth which

engage with external clutch teeth of the helical sliding component
and transmit power from the turning device to the BFP-T rotor. It
is secured to the BFP-T rotor and is provided with axial holes to
allow the mounting of spring loaded pawls (28).

Mitsubishi
2-21
Chapter 2
General
To meet the operational requirements of the turning device, the SSS

clutch will automatically engage as the turning device motor
commences to rotate, automatically disengage when the rotor
accelerates above the turning device speed and automatically
re-engage at the instant the speed of the decelerating rotor equals that
of the turning device. The turning device motor is normally started
during the BFP-T shut-down sequence in readiness for the clutch
re-engagement.
A description of the basic operation of the SSS clutch is given below:
Engagement of Clutch from Reset:

With the BFP-T rotor stationary, initial rotation of the turning device
turns the input shaft (27). As this occurs, the pawls (28) contact the
ratchet teeth on the helical sliding component (25) thus precisely
aligning the clutch teeth.
As the input shaft continues to rotate, the sliding component moves
axially on the helical splines and the clutch teeth pass smoothly into
mesh. Torque is then transmitted to the rotor. During the latter part of
the engaging action the pawls are unloaded; therefore the only load on
the pawls is that required to shift the sliding component.
The final part of the engaging travel is cushioned by the action of an
oil-fed dashpot formed by the annular space between the sliding
component and the input shaft.
Disengagement of Clutch at Speed:

As the BFP-T is started and its speed overtakes that of the turning
device, torque reversal on the helical splines moves the helical sliding
component (25) axially to the disengaged position.
As the BFP-T rotor accelerates, centrifugal force acts on the pawls (28),
causing them to retract thus preventing ratcheting while the clutch is
over-running. The turning device motor can be shut-down at any time.
Re-engagement of Clutch at Speed:

Automatic clutch re-engagement occurs after the turning device motor
has been re-started and when the speed of decelerating rotor equals
that of the turning device input shaft.
With the clutch re-engagement, the turning device motor continues to

rotate the rotor at the turning device speed.
MM-M08
Rev.001
When the speed of the input shaft (27) equals that of the rotor, the
pawls contact the ratchet teeth and the clutch engages as described.

Mitsubishi
2-22
Chapter 2
General
2.4.12 Rupture Disc

The rupture disc assembly is mounted on the exhaust duct. The
breakable diaphragm is provided for the automatic emergency relief
when the exhaust pressure increases beyond the maximum safe
design value.
The main components of the rupture disc assembly are the guard (1),
rupture disc (3), the floating plate (2) and a protection guard plate (6) all
mounted on a mounting flange (8).
The bore of the mounting flange (8) on the exhaust duct provides a
passage for the escaping steam. Around this bore, a recess is provided
to accommodate the floating plate (2) which supports the rupture disc
(3) against the BFP-T exhaust pressure.
The rupture disc is a thin lead diaphragm which is clamped between
the guard (1) and the exhaust casing mounting flange (8).
The guard (1) is bolted to the mounting flange (8). The upper end of the
guard is provided a guard plate (6) which is provided with crossed steel
strips. While permitting the passage for escaping steam, the steel strips
prevent the floating disc (2) from ejection.
If the pressure within the exhaust duct rises above a predetermined
point, the floating disc is forced upward. The rupture disc (3) between
the inner edge of the guard (1) and the floating disc (2) is sheared off
and the excess pressure is relieved and directed upward.
2.4.13 LP Stop Valve

The LP stop valve (LPSV) consists of two main sub assemblies.
Valve
Servomotor.
Valve
MM-M08
Rev.001
The main components of the LPSV are the valve body (1), main valve
(2), pilot valve (13), valve stem (12), bracket (4) and servomotor (5).
The valve body (1) is a one piece hollow casting which accommodates
the main valve (2) and the pilot valve (13). The valve body is welded
with a valve seat (3) on which the main valve (2) seats to have a tight
closing. The valve seat is lined with a stellite seating surface to reduce
flow erosion. The valve body contains integrally cast flanges for the
inlet and outlet steam and welded inlet and outlet drain nozzles.
Mitsubishi
2-23
Chapter 2
General
The valve body, after the assembly of valve internals, is closed with a
cover (6). The cover is located on the valve body by a taper pin and nut
(7), sealed by a spiral wound gasket (18) and secured by stud bolts and
nuts (8). A spigot is machined onto the underside of the cover (6) to
accurately locate the cover on the valve body. A valve bushing (9) fitted
to an extension underside the cover using set screws (10), with a fine
clearance with the main valve, facilitates smooth travel of the main
valve.
The main valve (2) is operated by a valve stem (12); the movement of
the stem is guided by a lower stem bushing (14) and an upper stem
bushing (15). A boss formed at the lower end of the valve body is bored
to install the lower and upper stem bushings with a fine clearance with
the valve stem. Multiple spiral grooves machined on the outer surface
of the main valve provide steam lubrication and enable smooth
movement of the main valve.
Leakage steam through the clearance between the upper stem bushing
(15) and the valve stem (12) is routed to the gland steam condenser.
The lower stem bushing (14) prevents leakage of this stem leak-off
steam into the atmosphere.
The pilot valve (13) is made integral with the valve stem (12).The upper
end of the valve stem is increased in diameter to form the pilot valve.
The boss at the center of the main valve is profiled to form the seat for
the pilot valve. A cap (18) secured to the main valve boss completes
the pilot valve arrangement. Vertical slots provided on the cap supply
the inlet steam to the pilot valve. Two press-fitted guide pins (16)
secured to the underside of the cap (18), engage the holes in the end of
the pilot valve (13) and guide the pilot valve during travel. Holes drilled
below the pilot valve seat provide a passage for pilot valve outlet
steam.
Fine clearance between the valve stem and the main valve guides the
valve stem during its movement. The valve stem is provided with spiral
grooves where it enters the main valve to provide steam lubrication and
to ensure smooth movement.
MM-M08
Rev.001
A strainer (11), installed in slots around the main valve, protects the
valve internals from damage due to impingement of foreign material. A
fine strainer element (51) is installed over the strainer (11) to filter
unwanted material during the initial stages of commissioning.
A bracket (4), secured to the lower end of the valve body, supports the
servomotor (5). A spring (33) installed between the servomotor (5) and
a fixed support (37) provides cushion for the LPSV during operation.
The lower end of the valve stem is threaded for the installation of the
coupling between the valve stem (12) and the servomotor piston rod
(21).
Mitsubishi
2-24
Chapter 2
General
The coupling consists of a connecting piece (43), nut (44) and a

support (45). The nut (44) is secured to the valve stem (12) using a
set-screw (47). The support (45) and the connecting piece (43) are
respectively installed at the top and bottom of the nut (44) and secured
together using socket head bolts (48). Bolts (49), secured to the
connecting piece (43) at both ends, move within a guide provided in the
bracket (4) and prevent rotation of the coupling assembly during
operation.
LPSV Servomotor
Refer to Figures 2-17and 2-18.
The LPSV servomotor is of the single acting device type. The LPSV
servomotor mainly consists of a cylinder body (30) which contains the
spring (28), piston (22) and piston rod (21).
The cylinder body (30) is made in two sections; a top section for the
installation of the piston assembly and a bottom section forming an oil
drain compartment.
HP oil is admitted below the piston (22) through an oil inlet manifold
(56) secured to the hydraulic cylinder to open the LPSV. The piston
(22) is secured to the valve stem using a nut (41) and set screw (42).
The piston is provided with piston rings (39) to prevent leakage of oil
through the piston. A spring (28) provided above the piston provides
continuous closing force on the piston. A stopper (27) installed above
the piston limits the travel of the piston. An end-cover (23) installed at
the top of the hydraulic cylinder has a central opening fitted with a
bushing (26) to guide the movement of the piston rod (21) smoothly.
A linkage (53) secured to the connecting piece (43) operates a limit
switch (54) to indicate the open and close positions of the servomotor
in the central control room (CCR).
MM-M08
Rev.001
A relief valve (38), secured to cylinder body at the opposite side of the
oil inlet manifold (56), is connected to the auto stop oil line. The relief
valve is held in the open position when there is no auto stop oil, thereby
draining the operating oil pressure in the hydraulic cylinder to keep the
servomotor in the closed position. When auto stop oil is supplied to the
relief valve, the relief valve closes and enables the movement of the
servomotor to the open position. When the BFP-T trip solenoid valve is
operated, the auto stop oil pressure is released and the servomotor is
closed instantaneously by the spring force above the piston.
A solenoid valve (55) provided on the servomotor enables performance
of the LPSV Stem Freedom Test without affecting BFP-T operation.
This solenoid valve connects a port in the middle of the cylinder body
above the piston to the drain compartment.

Mitsubishi
2-25
Chapter 2
General
The opening of the solenoid valve (55) drains the oil below the piston
(22) (in the open position) to the drain compartment. The drainage of oil
below the piston starts the downward movement of the piston until the
port is closed by the piston itself and stopping the piston from further
downward movement. The stem freedom test is to be performed at
regular intervals to ensure that the valve stem is free and it closes
positively during an emergency.
The drain compartment at the bottom end of the cylinder body collects
the drain oil from the relief valve, Stem Freedom Test solenoid valve
and piston leakage drain and route them to the BFP-T oil tank.
A spring (33) installed between the bottom of the cylinder body and a
fixed support (37) provides cushion for the servomotor during
operation.
2.4.14 LP Governing Valve

The LPGV consists of three main sub assemblies:
Valve assembly
Operating linkage assembly
Servomotor.
Valve Assembly
The main components of the valve assembly are the valve box (1),
valves (7), valve bar (11), valve box cover (2) and piston assembly.
The valves (7) are spherically profiled to achieve an efficient seal with
the respective valve seats. The shank of each valve is machined to a
clearance with the corresponding opening in the valve bar (11). A
shoulder provided on each valve (7), where it is in contact with the
underside of the valve bar, ensures positive closing. The parallel
shanks of the valves are of varying lengths, the shortest installed in
position 1 and the longest installed in position 6.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The valve box (1) is an integral part of the BFP-T cylinder cover. The
valve box cover (2) is located on the valve box top flange by taper pins
(29) and secured by stud bolts and nuts (30). The valve box is provided
with six bored holes into which the valve seats (6) are press fitted and
seal welded. The valve seats are taper bored with the smaller diameter
at the top. The upper face of each valve seat is spherically profiled to
form a seating surface for the valves (7). The valve box (1) has
integrally cast internal passages to direct the steam from the LPSV to
the first stage rotating blade inlet nozzles.

Mitsubishi
2-26
Chapter 2
General
An adjusting nut (8), with a tapered lower face, is installed on each

valve at the upper end and tightened with a locknut (9). The adjusting
nuts and the lock nuts are secured with set screws (10) after final
adjustment. Each adjusting nut engages a spherical washer (12)
installed on a countersink in the top face of the valve bar (11) during
upward movement. The gap between the adjusting nut and the
spherical washer for each valve is adjusted non-uniformly to have a
progressive opening of the valves; No.1 valve opens first and No.6
valve opens last. This arrangement ensures progressive opening of the
valves as the valve bar is raised.
The valve bar (11) is a rectangular bar with flat machined surfaces at
the top and bottom ends. Six openings are provided in the valve bar to
accommodate the shanks of the valves (7) with a small clearance
between the bar and the shanks. Further holes are drilled between
valve bodies 3 & 5 and between 4 & 6 to accommodate the spindles
(13). A further blind hole is provided at the center of the valve bar for
the attachment of a plate (20) on which the piston rod (18) applies the
balancing force.
Each spindle (13) is installed in its valve bar hole with its integral head
at the underside. The spindles are secured to the valve bar, at the top,
using the nuts (14) and lock pins (15). The upper section of each
spindle is guided by two bushings (17) fitted in a sleeve (16), which is
secured in the valve box cover (2). The two spindles through a set of
connecting piece (37), link (38), bearings (39a, 39b) and linkage pins
(41a, 41b), connect the operating levers (31) of the external operating
linkage assembly.
MM-M08
Rev.001
A piston assembly is installed on the valve box cover (2) to provide

closing force to the valve bar (11) during closing operation. The piston
assembly consists of a cylinder (22) which is secured to the valve box
cover by a flange (24) and bolts (26), and located by a locating pin (25).
The open end of the cylinder is sealed by a cover (23) and a packing
(57). A piston (19) is installed in the cylinder (22) with a fine clearance
and it rests on the top end of the piston rod (18). The piston rod (18) is
guided by a bushing (21) secured to the central bore of the valve box
cover (2) during its travel.
Passages are provided in the cylinder (22) and the valve box cover (2)
to admit full inlet steam pressure above the piston when the LPSV is
opened. An internal passage is provided in the valve box cover to
connect the space below the piston to the BFP-T exhaust casing. The
resulting imbalance in steam pressure acts on the piston and provides
a closing force to the valve bar (11) through the piston rod (18) and
positively closes the LPGV in the event of loss of servomotor control.
Internal passages are provided in the valve box cover (2) for directing
the leak-off steam for the two spindles (13) from the space between the
bushings (17) to the gland steam condenser.
Mitsubishi
2-27
Chapter 2
General
Integral extensions to the valve box cover (2) provide support for the
operating linkage assembly components and the servomotor support
(49).
Operating Linkage Assembly

The main components of the operating linkage assembly are the
operating shaft (3), support brackets (4), levers (31, 55), connecting
link (38), connecting rods (46, 46a), turnbuckle (47) and linkage pins.
The base of the fabricated support brackets (4) are secured to the
extensions on the valve box cover (2) by bolts (28) and located by taper
pins (27). A substantial boss at the upper end of each bracket is bored
to accommodate a DU bushing (34). The DU bushing is bored to a fine
clearance with the ends of the operating shaft. Two DU thrust washers
(35), installed one at each end between the boss and the operating
shaft with a fine axial clearance, limit the axial movement of the
operating shaft (3). The operating shaft is reduced in diameter at each
end to form journal for the DU bushings and seating surface for the DU
thrust washers.
Levers (31) for connections to the spindles (13) are welded to the
operating shaft just inboard of the journals. At a position approximately
one third along the operating shaft at the steam inlet end and
diagonally opposite to the spindle levers (31), a further lever (55) is
welded for connecting the servomotor (5). The outer end of each lever
is forked and drilled to accept a linkage pin.
Flat bar connecting links (38), fitted with bearings (39a, 39b), connect
the spindles (13) to the spindle operating levers (31). The connecting
links are attached to the connecting pieces (37) and the levers (31) with
linkage pins (41a, 41b), which are secured by split pins (42a, 42b).
An adjustable turnbuckle (47), with connecting rods (46a, 46b) at both
ends, connects the lever (55) to the servomotor (5). The turnbuckle
connects the connecting piece (56) on the servomotor piston rod and
the lever (55) with linkage pins (41c, 41d), which are secured by split
pins (42c, 42d).
Servomotor
MM-M08
Rev.001

The servomotor associated with the LPGV is an integral component of
the turbine governing system. This equipment is normally maintained
by the I&C department. For further details regarding the LPGV
servomotor, refer to the vendor instruction manual provided in
Appendix G.
Mitsubishi
2-28
Chapter 2
General
2.4.15 BFP-T Enclosure

The BFP-T enclosure is a major accessory that covers and protects the
BFP-T from the external environment. The enclosure also acts as a
noise attenuator. The enclosure is provided for the high temperature
sections of the BFP-T viz. turbine cylinder, LPSV and LPGV. No
enclosure is provided for the low temperature section of the BFP-T viz.
the exhaust casing.
The enclosure is mounted on seating plates (6) bolted to the top flange
of the base frame (7). The enclosure panels (8) are supported on
angles (10) bolted to the seating plate. 3 mm thick rubber packing (1) is
provided between the seating plates (6) and the angles (10). The
panels are packed with sound-proof insulation material (9) to reduce
noise pollution.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Removable doors (11) are provided on the enclosure for access during
inspection, normal operation and minor routine maintenance on the
LPSV and LPGV. Removable ceiling panel (12) is provided on the
enclosure roof for access during maintenance on the Gov End bearings.
The enclosure roof is provided with panels with holes to provide
ventilation. The enclosure is also fitted with lighting fixtures for inside
illumination.

Mitsubishi
2-29
Chapter 2
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
1
11
General
TURBINE CYLINDER
EXHAUST CASING
ROTOR
UPPER CASING
LOWER CASING
NO.1 RADIAL BEARING

NO.2 RADIAL BEARING
THRUST BEARING
LPGV
COUPLING
BASE FRAME
NOZZLES
DIAPHRAGM
ROTATING BLADES
GLAND CASING (GOV END)
GLAND CASING (PUMP END)
GLAND SEAL RING
8
16
MM-M08
Rev.001
15
18
MPTD-3-0785
FIGURE 2-4
Mitsubishi
CUTAWAY VIEW OF BFP TURBINE
2-30
Chapter 2
PUMP SIDE
General
GOV. SIDE
11
16
19
21
ROTATION
LUBE OIL
INLET
GLAND
STEAM INLET
GLAND
STEAM OUTLET
LUBE OIL
OUTLET
GLAND STEAM
INLET
MM-M08
Rev.001
15
MPTD-3-0786

Mitsubishi
FIGURE 2-5
SECTIONAL VIEW OF BFP TURBINE
2-31
Chapter 2
16
18
General
15
13
17
14
1
13
15
16
14
5
1
DETAIL "B"
DETAIL "C"
"A"
"C"
"B"
10
1
12
MM-M08
Rev.001
11
BASE FRAME
LINER
LINER
STUD BOLT
NUT
SET SCREW
LINER
BOLT
LINER
BOLT
LINER
BOLT
GUIDE
DETAIL "A"
FIGURE 2-6

Mitsubishi
LOWER CASING
CASING FEET
5
MPTD-3-0871
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
SUPPORT ARRANGEMENT FOR THE TURBINE CASING

2-32
Chapter 2
General
4
GOV. SIDE
3R
2R
1R
C
L
4R
OF NO.1 BRG.
5R
C
L
OF NO.2 BRG.
6R
C
L
OF THRUST BEARING
PUMP SIDE
ROTATION
7
1
NOTES:
Rev.001
MM-M08
WHEN USING BALANCING PLUG, CAULKING MUST BA DONE BY PLUG SIDE.

(HOWEVER WHEN USING HEAVY WEIGHT, CAULKING MUST BE DONE BY ROTOR SIDE)
MPTD-3-0787
FIGURE 2-7
Mitsubishi
IDENTIFICATION OF BFP-T ROTOR AREAS

2-33
Chapter 2
General
E
F
D
C
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
Z
X-X
VIEW "Z"
A
X
ROTATION
6R
5R
4R 3R 2R
1R
2
STAGES 4R ~ 5R
VIEW "F"
Y
Y
X
VIEW "F"
MPTD-3-0788
MM-M08
Rev.001
STAGES 2R ~ 3R
FIGURE 2-8
Mitsubishi
BFP-T BLADING DETAILS

2-34
Chapter 2
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
General
9
7
1
21
19
7
8
"A"
"B"
22
LP STEAM
2
7
10
20
6C
5C
4C
3C
2C
7
4
2
DETAIL "X"
(2C~4C)
15
11
20
10
1
2
15
C-C
DETAIL "D"
DETAIL "X"
(6C)
DETAIL "X"
(5C)
17
10
"Y"
18
16
ROTATION
"D"
C
14
10
DETAIL "Y"
"X"
13
15
2
9
16
12
13
Rev.001
MM-M08
E-E
(2C~6C)
DETAIL "A"
12
DETAIL "B"
MPTD-3-0789
FIGURE 2-9
Mitsubishi
IDENTIFICATION OF BFP-T DIAPHRAGM COMPONENTS

2-35
Chapter 2
PUMP SIDE
General
GOV. SIDE
"A"
3
9
"B"
10
8
HORIZ. JOINT
LUBE OIL
INLET
D-D
SPRING FITTING
DETAIL C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
GLAND SEAL RING

RETAINING PIN
SPRING
RETAINING PIN
MM-M08
Rev.001
TURBINE UPPER CASING

TURBINE LOWER CASING
GOV END GLAND CASING
PUMP END GLAND CASING
DETAIL "B"
DETAIL "A"
MPTD-3-0790
FIGURE 2-10
Mitsubishi
DETAILS OF GOV. END AND PUMP END GLAND ASSEMBLIES

2-36
Chapter 2
PUMP SIDE
General
GOV. SIDE
23
21 22
1
2
3
4
12b
A
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
HORIZONTAL JOINT
12a, b
D
C
18
VIEW B
C
L No.1 BRG.
CL THRUST BRG.
28
PUMP SIDE
D-D
19
26
4
31
25
GOV. SIDE
30
20
28
29
12b
12a
18
12a
27
3
10
6
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
PEDESTAL BASE
PEDESTAL COVER
TURNING DEVICE
THRUST BEARING AND
NO.1 RADIAL BEARING
SUPPORT BRACKET
ROTOR
TURBINE LOWER CASING ARM
BEARING SEAT
BEARING KEEP
OIL SEAL RING
OIL PAN
ASSEMBLY
OIL SUPPLY PIPE
OIL DRAIN PIPE
PARALLEL PIN
STUD BOLT
U - NUT
MANUAL TRIP DEVICE
INSPECTION COVER
GASKET
STUD BOLT
U - NUT
TAPER PIN
PAN
TURNING DEVICE SUPPORT
BOLT
BOLT, NUT
BOLT
OIL SEAL
BOLT
END PLATE
END PLATE
ROTATION
32
7
13
24
14
Rev.001
16 17
15
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0791
SUPPLY
8
11
RETURN
A-A
C-C
FIGURE 2-11

Mitsubishi
DETAILS OF GOV. END BEARING PEDESTAL

2-37
Chapter 2
G
D
GOV. SIDE
26
OUT
OIL
PUMP SIDE
14
23
OI
L
OU
T
L
OI
T
OU
OI
L
OU
T
C-C
28
OUT
OIL
NG
RI NE
I
GE T L
CA PLI
S
CA
S P GE
LI R
T IN
LI G
NE
L
OI
T
OU
B-B
A- A
General
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING SEAT
BEARING KEEP
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
SERRATED WASHER
ANTI-ROTATION PIN
ROTOR
RADIAL PAD
RADIAL PAD STOP
CIRCLIP
END PLATE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
CAGE RING
THRUST PAD
LEVER
PILLAR
"O" RING
THRUST PAD STOP
"O" RING
SPACER
SCREW
ANTI-ROTATION PIN
END PLATE
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
PAD RETENTION PIN
THRUST COLLAR
EYE BOLT HOLE
12
1
10
4
9
23
ROTATION
ROTATION
MM-M08
Rev.001
27
VIEW F
VIEW G
VIEW E
D-D
MPTD-3-0792
FIGURE 2-12
Mitsubishi
NO.1 RADIAL AND THRUST BEARING ASSEMBLY

2-38
Chapter 2
General
1
15
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
16
13 19
ROTATION
1
23
A-A
18
14
4
17
22
13 19
2
15
16
10
11
3
23
Rev.001
MM-M08
12
MPTD-3-0793
9
21
20
FIGURE 2-13

Mitsubishi
DETAILS OF PUMP END BEARING PEDESTAL

2-39
Chapter 2
PUMP SIDE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GOV. SIDE
General
BEARING HOUSING
RADIAL PAD
RADIAL PAD STOP
CIRCLIP
END PLATE
ANTI-ROTATION PIN
BEARING SEAT
BEARING KEEP
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
SERRATED WASHER
ROTOR
A
B
ROTATION
ROTATION
7
7
7
U
MM-M08
Rev.001
OIL
IN
MPTD-3-0794
IL
O
IL
T
A- A
A
FIGURE 2-14

Mitsubishi
NO.2 RADIAL BEARING ASSEMBLY

2-40
Chapter 2
ROTATION
19
33
30
13
General
29
34
28
35
17
24
31
27
22
32
26
4
25
28
29
31
34
16
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
19
19
12
20
33 30
29
28
24
22
6
15
2
2
22
25
35
25
"B"
10 11
DETAIL "B"
31 34
17 16
26
36
Rev.001
7
27

Mitsubishi
18
14
9
OIL
MPTD-3-0795
INLET
A-A
MM-M08
25
23
21
FIGURE 2-15
BFPT TURNING DEVICE AND SSS CLUTCH

2-41
Chapter 2
General
4
5
1
8
2
MPTD-4-0796
FIGURE 2-16
MM-M08
Rev.001
A- A

Mitsubishi
RUPTURE DISC
2-42
Chapter 2
8
10
17
18
"X"
16
19
General
57
58
13
STEAM
INLET
11 51
STEAM
INLET
STEAM
OUTLET
18
30
6
STEAM
OUTLET
VIEW "X"
1
46
62
"D"
53
46
26
23
28
59
30
21
5
56
49
23
24
25
"Z"
47
45
54
12
20
12
43
15
14
12
60
44
61
30
43
38
"Y"
21
50
58
DETAL "D"
27
56
57
39
22
41
30
12
48
38
42
40
55
31
52
VIEW "Z"
29
34
33
36
44
45
32
VIEW "Y"
47
35
37
60
43
A- A
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
21
B-B
MPTD-3-0797
MM-M08
Rev.001
61
FIGURE 2-17
Mitsubishi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
VALVE BODY
MAIN VALVE
VALVE SEAT
BRACKET
SERVOMOTOR
COVER
TAPER PIN & NUT
STUD BOLT & NUT
VALVE BUSHING
SET SCREW
STRAINER
VALVE STEM
PILOT VALVE
LOWER STEM BUSHING
UPPER STEM BUSHING
GUIDE PIN
SOCKET HEAD BOLT
CAP
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
STUD BOLT & NUT
PISTON ROD
PISTON
CYLINDER TOP COVER
BOLT
SOCKET HEAD BOLT
BUSHING
STOPPER
SPRING
CYLINDER BOTTOM COVER
CYLINDER BODY
BOLT
PACKING
SPRING
SPRING SEAT
BOLT
NUT
SUPPORT
RELIEF VALVE
PISTON RING
"O" RING
NUT
SET SCREW
CONNECTING PIECE
NUT
SUPPORT
DRAIN PIPE
SET SCREW
SOCKET HEAD BOLT
GUIDE BOLT
DISK
STRAINER ELEMENT
PLUG
LINKAGE
LIMIT SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE FOR
STEM FREEDOM TEST
HP OIL INLET MANIFOLD
DRAIN PIPE
AUTO STOP OIL INLET
GASKET
WASHER
NUT
STEM LEAK OFF PIPE
SECTIONAL VIEW OF LPSV

2-43
Chapter 2
63
65
4
43
43
General
66
53
57
64
54
67
54
53
54
5
67
1
43
66
62
B-B
65
62
4
54
4
"A"
53
57
68
62
56
58
MPTD-3-0798
MM-M08
Rev.001
58
4
5
43
53
54
56
57
58
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
BRACKET
SERVOMOTOR
CONNECTING PIECE
LINKAGE
LIMIT SWITCH
DRAIN PIPE
AUTO STOP OIL INLET
SUPPORT
COUPLING ROD
NUT
NUT
WASHER
NUT
PIN
VIEW "A"
FIGURE 2-18

Mitsubishi
DETAILS OF LPSV SERVOMOTOR
2-44
Chapter 2
40b
55
30
31
29
61
45b
41d
42d
48b
48a
46b
41c
45a
59b 44b
42b
31
39b
59a
38
41a
42a
43
39a
44a
40a
50
42c
41b
47
46a
56
E-E
51
35
54
3
28
55
37
"D"
36
25
DETAIL "D"
27
28
54
DETAIL "F"
53
58
24
21
1
18
20
"C"
15
14
STEAM INLET
12
13
15
11
#5
#3
#1
#2
#4
49
#6
MM-M08
Rev.001
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
10
STEAM OUTLET
MPTD-3-0799
14
31
32
58
13
34
37
19
26
17
36
60
34
57
30
16
VIEW "C"
33
22
17
49
"F"
31
23
31
50a
52
50
B
52
51
55
37
4
53
27
A-A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39a,b
40a,b,
41a,b,c,d
42a,b,c,d
43
44a,b,
45a,b
46a,b
47
48a,b
49
50
50a
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59a,b
60
61
VALVE BOX
VALVE BOX COVER
OPERATING SHAFT
SUPPORT BRACKET
SERVOMOTOR
VALVE SEAT
VALVE
ADJUSTING NUT
LOCK NUT
SET SCREW
VALVE BAR
SPHERICAL WASHER
SPINDLE
NUT
PARALLEL PIN
SLEEVE
BUSHING
PISTON ROD
PISTON
PLATE
BUSHING
CYLINDER
COVER
FLANGE
PARALLEL PIN
SOCKET HEAD BOLT
TAPER PIN
BOLT
TAPER PIN
STUD BOLT & NUT
LEVER
COLLAR
BOLT
DU BUSHING
DU THRUST WASHER
PIN
CONNECTING PIECE
LINK
BEARING
SET SCREW
LINKAGE PIN
SPLIT PIN
ADJUSTING LINER
SET SCREW
DU BUSHING
CONNECTING ROD
TURN BUCKLE
NUT
LEVER
LINKAGE
LIMIT SWITCH
LVDT
TAPER PIN
BOLT
LEVER
CONNECTING PIECE
PACKING
GASKET
PIN
BOLT, NUT
JACKING BOLT HOLE
B-B
FIGURE 2-19

Mitsubishi
General
SECTIONAL VIEW OF LPGV
2-45
Chapter 2
55
B
68
55 68
65
51
62
50
69
50a
50a
69
51
51
52
62
64
68
52
68
63
C
64 70
General
B-B
50
"A"
66
1
2
3
4
5
49
50
50a
51
52
55
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
VALVE BOX
VALVE BOX COVER
OPERATING SHAFT
SUPPORT BRACKET
SERVOMOTOR
SERVOMOTOR SUPPORT
LEVER
LINKAGE
LIMIT SWITCH
LVDT
LEVER
LEVER
SUPPORT
PIN
COUPLING ROD
COUPLING ROD
PIN
NUT
WASHER
BOLT
68
50a
5
55
51
51
68
69
50a
68
2
52
63
52
MM-M08
Rev.001
52
49
67
1
C-C
49
VIEW "A"
MPTD-3-0800
FIGURE 2-20
Mitsubishi
DETAILS OF LPGV SERVOMOTOR
2-46
Chapter 2
General
3
PUNCHING METAL FOR
ENCLOSURE CEILING VENTILATION
ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE
10
D-D
E
8
E-E
10
1
C
L
C
L
OF BFPT
10
OF BFPT
10
D1 - D1
8
G1 - G1
"G"
"F"
4
D1
7
X-X
D1
A-A
G1
B-B
12
PUNCHING METAL FOR

ENCLOSURE CEILING VENTILATION
10
Y-Y
BOILER FEED PUMP

DISCHARGE
ENCLOSURE
NO.2 BRG.
EXHAUST
LP STEAM INLET
Z
X
DETAIL "G"
PUMP SIDE
NO.1 BRG.
GOV. SIDE
11
G1
ENCLOSURE
6
10
F1 - F1
"C"
C
L
OF BFPT
8
DIVISION POSITION
Rev.001
MAINTENANCE
FLOOR
MM-M08
DIVISION
POSITION
DIVISION
POSITION
VIEW "C"
F1
MAINTENANCE
FLOOR
10
MPTD-3-0801
F1
DETAIL "F"
B
11
FIGURE 2-21
Mitsubishi
BFP-T ENCLOSURE
2-47
Chapter 2
2.5
General
BFP-T Oil System Overview

Refer to Figures 2-22 to 2-23.
The entire control and lubricating oil requirements of the two T-BFP sets are met
by two lube oil units, one lube oil unit dedicated to one T-BFP. The two lube oil
units are located between the two T-BFP sets, adjacent to the BFP-Ts, in the
ground floor of the Turbine Building. Each lube oil unit provides lubrication to the
bearings of BFP-T, BFP and booster pump and the gears of the speed reduction
gear box.
Each lube oil unit is provided with two AC main oil pumps and one DC
emergency oil pump to provide control and lubricating oil under all situations.
The oil pumps draw suction oil from the BFP-T oil tank through individual suction
filter. The BFP-T oil tank is provided with a return oil filter through which the
return oil from the BFP-T oil system is returned to the tank.
The oil level in the BFP-T oil tank is topped up by pumping stored oil from the
main turbine oil storage tank by an oil supply pump. While filling oil from the oil
purifier, the oil supply is controlled automatically by a float valve installed in the
BFP-T oil tank and prevents the oil tank from excessive top-up. The oil level in
the BFP-T oil tank can be lowered by pumping the excess oil to the main turbine
oil storage tank using the BFP-T oil transfer pump.
A vapor extractor mounted on the BFP-T oil tank removes the air and
non-condensable gases and maintains a slight vacuum in the tank. The vapor
extractor exhausts the gases to the atmosphere through an oil mist separator
mounted on the roof.
The condition of the oil in the BFP-T oil tank is maintained by the main turbine oil
purifier which is entirely separated from the BFP-T oil system.
The BFP-T oil system is divided into two main sub-systems; a HP control oil
system and a bearing lubricating oil system. The HP oil pressure and bearing oil
supply pressure are maintained by a HP oil pressure control valve and a bearing
oil pressure control valve respectively. Both the HP oil and the bearing oil are
supplied through filters to prevent damage due to contaminated oil.
The temperature of oil supply to the bearings is maintained by two oil coolers
(one working and one standby) in conjunction with an oil temperature adjusting
valve. The cooling water for the BFP-T oil coolers is supplied from the closed
cooling water (CCW) system.
MM-M08
Rev.001
HP Oil System
The HP oil is supplied directly from the common discharge header of the main
oil pumps. The discharge header pressure is controlled by a HP oil pressure
control valve to supply constant HP oil pressure to the system. The HP oil is
then filtered and supplied to the LPSV and LPGV servomotors for positioning of
their respective valves.
Mitsubishi
2-48
Chapter 2
General
An accumulator located downstream of the HP oil filter absorbs minor

fluctuations in the HP oil pressure.
HP oil is supplied through an orifice as Auto Stop oil to the manual trip device,
trip solenoid valves and relief valve on the LPGV servomotor to protect the
BFP-T from unsafe operating conditions. HP oil is also supplied through another
orifice as Reset Oil for resetting the manual trip device from CCR.
Bearing Lubricating Oil System

The lubricating oil for the bearings is supplied from the HP oil header via a
bearing oil pressure control valve during normal operation or from a DC
emergency oil pump on failure of the main oil pumps.
Lubricating oil is supplied to the bearings of the BFP-T, BFP and booster pump,
BFP-T turning device and speed reduction gear box via one of two oil coolers
and a duplex type filter. The bearing lube oil system components are connected
by conventional piping and valves.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The return oil from the bearings is returned to the BFP-T oil tank through the
return oil filter.

Mitsubishi
2-49
Chapter 2
2.6
General
Oil System Construction

The main components of the BFP-T control and lubrication oil system are as
follows:
BFP-T oil tank
Main oil pump
DC emergency oil pump
Oil transfer pump
BFP-T oil cooler
Oil filters
Accumulator
HP pressure control valve
Bearing oil pressure control valve
Vapor extractor.
2.6.1 BFP-T Oil Tank

The BFP-T oil tank is a horizontal fabricated rectangular steel tank
which has a nominal storage capacity of 4,000 liters at the NWL. The
tank has a maximum holding capacity of 5400 liters.
The BFP-T oil tank (1) is supported on a steel support frame (10)
fabricated from channel beams and grouted to concrete foundation.
The outside surfaces of the main oil tank are welded with stiffeners at
regular intervals to provide rigidity to the tank.
Stools are provided on top of the oil tank onto which the main oil pumps
(3), emergency oil pump (4) and the vapor extractor (6) are mounted.
The oil transfer pump (5) is located adjacent to the oil tank on an
extension of support frame of the BFP-T oil tank. The pumps extend
down into the oil tank such that their suctions are located well below the
low oil level.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The tank provided with a drain valve (14) to drain oil in the tank during
maintenance. The bottom of the oil tank is provided with a slope to
enable complete drainage of oil.

Mitsubishi
2-50
Chapter 2
General
A duplex type bearing oil filter (8) and the HP oil filter (7) are installed
adjacent to the oil tank on an extension of support frame of the BFP-T
oil tank. The oil tank is also provided with a return oil filter at the top.
The system return lines, the oil supply line from the oil purifier and the
exhaust of the HP oil pressure control valve are terminated on the tank.
The top of the tank is also provided with an opening for the installation
of a level gauge (15).
A manhole cover (11) on the top of the tank provides access for internal
inspection and maintenance. Access to the top of the tank is made by
an attached ladder (12). Handrails (13) are installed at the top of the oil
tank to provide safety for the operating and maintenance personnel.
A pressure gauge panel (16), containing pressure indicators, switches
and transmitters, is mounted on the tank to monitor the pump discharge
pressures, tank vacuum, bearing oil pressure and HP oil pressure.
2.6.2 Main Oil Pump

Refer to Figures 2-25 and 2-28.
Two main oil pumps, one working and one standby, are mounted on
the top of the BFP-T oil tank to supply the HP oil and bearing oil
requirements of the T-BFP set. The AC motor driven main oil pumps
are of the positive displacement, involute, double helical gear type
pump with integral relief valve.
Overlapping bores are machined through the pump casing (1) on the
shaft centerlines to a fine clearance with the outside diameters of the
gears (10). Horizontal suction and discharge nozzles and mounting feet
are cast integral with the casing. Passages are bored through into the
suction and discharge ports.
The relief valve (32) is provided with a spring (33) and a spring seat
(34) to release excessive pressure in the discharge side. The relief
valve cover is provided with an adjusting screw (35) to set the lifting
pressure of the relief valve. The outer edge of the relief valve cover is
threaded to accept the relief valve cap (30).
MM-M08
Rev.001
The upper surface of the casing (1) is faced to accept the relief valve
casing (26). The relief valve casing is mounted on the pump casing
using screws and is sealed with a packing (27). Relief valve ports align
with the passages which connect with the suction and discharge ports.
The middle portion of the relief valve is bored to a fine clearance with
the relief valve (32). The lower end of the relief valve is faced to provide
a valve seat. The upper end of the relief valve casing is provided with a
relief valve cover (28).

Mitsubishi
2-51
Chapter 2
General
The pump casing is provided with two covers, a front cover (3) and a
rear cover (6), which accommodate the roller bearings (14) for the drive
and driven gears (10). The front cover (3) is closed at its outboard end
by an end cover (5) and sealed by a packing (4). The rear cover (6) is
closed by a gland casing (16) and a gland cover (17) at the penetration
of the driving shaft (8). The gland casing (16) is provided with a
mechanical seal (18) to prevent leakage of oil through the drive shaft.
Similar helical gears are interference fitted to the driving and driven
shafts. The driving shaft (8) provides locations for the driving gear,
coupling and bearings. Keyways are machined to maintain the radial
location of the coupling and driving gear. The driven shaft (9) provides
similar locations for the driven gear and bearings.
At the DE, a direct coupling is provided between the drive motor and
the pump to transmit the required torque to the pump shaft.
A foot valve is provided at the inlet of the suction pipe inside the oil tank
to retain oil in the suction pipe during any pump stoppage. A perforated
strainer is installed at the inlet side of the foot valve to prevent entry of
foreign material into the main oil pump. Refer to Figure 2-28 for details
of foot valve with strainer.
2.6.3 DC Emergency Oil Pump and Oil Transfer Pump

Refer to Figures 2-26, 2-27 and 2-28.
The lubrication requirement of the T-BFP is met by an emergency oil
pump during the non-availability of both main oil pumps or during a total
AC power failure. The oil transfer is pump is used for the transfer of oil
from the BFP-T oil tank to the main oil tank or to the oil storage tank.
The DC motor driven emergency oil pump and the AC motor driven
transfer oil pump are of similar in construction to the main oil pumps
except for the bearings. The main oil pumps are provided with roller
bearings to support the drive and driven shafts. The emergency oil
pump is provided with two rows of ball bearing while the oil transfer
pump is installed with a single row of ball bearing.
Similar to the main oil pumps, the emergency oil pump is also provided
with a foot valve with a strainer at the inlet of the suction pipe inside the
oil tank to retain oil in the suction pipe during any pump stoppage and
to prevent entry of foreign material into the pump. Refer to Figure 2-28
for details of foot valve and strainer. The oil transfer pump is not
provided with such foot valve.
MM-M08
Rev.001
At the DE, a direct coupling is provided between the drive motor and
the pump to transmit the required torque to the pump shaft.

Mitsubishi
2-52
Chapter 2
General
2.6.4 Oil Cooler

The BFP-T oil system is provided with a plate type oil cooler to reduce
the temperature of oil supplied to the T-BFP bearings. An oil
temperature adjusting valve, installed on the oil cooler bypass line,
controls the bearing oil temperature at the desired level.
The oil cooler consists of several heat transfer plates (3) held between
a fixed S-frame (1) located at the front and a movable E-frame (2) at
the rear. The heat transfer plates are arranged in a line and held
together by the E-frame. The E-frame is tightened uniformly by ten
tightening bolts (7) and nuts (8) to provide a leak-tight joint between the
adjacent heat transfer plates. The E-frame is supported and guided by
a lower guide bar (4) and an upper guide bar (5). The guide bars are
supported by the S-frame at the front and a guide bar support (6) at the
rear end.
The entire cooler assembly is supported by the S-frame (1) and the
guide bar support (6), which are secured to the concrete foundation.
The S-frame contains the supply and return nozzles for both bearing oil
and cooling water. Hot oil enters the bottom right S4-nozzle (12) and
leaves the top right S2-nozzle (10) whereas the cooling water enters
the top left S1-nozzle (9) and leaves the bottom left S3-nozzle (10).
2.6.5 Oil Filters

The filters for both control oil and bearing oil are of the duplex strainer
with integral change over valve type.
Bearing Oil Filter

MM-M08
Rev.001
The bearing oil filter provided in the bearing lube oil supply line is of the
duplex type. It consists of a twin body (1) interconnected by a cock
valve (5), each body containing one filter element (15). The cock valve
directs the unfiltered oil to the selected filter and the filtered oil to the
outlet line.
A cock handle (6) enables selection of one of the filters when moved to
the extreme position. Positioning of the cock handle in the mid-position
enables both filter elements to be in service. This ensures a smooth
change over of the filter elements. A cock lift handle (7) enables locking
of the cock handle in position after a change-over. The cock lift handle
is moved up by rotating it in the anti-clockwise direction and the cock
valve is changed over and then the cock lift handle is turned in the
clockwise direction to lock the cock valve.

Mitsubishi
2-53
Chapter 2
General
Each filter body is provided with a cover (2), which is held in position by
a cover yoke (10) and yoke bolt (11) arrangement, for easy removal
and replacement of the filter element. Each filter element is provided
with a handle (14) at the top, which abuts the body cover and secures
the filter element tightly to the filter brim. An O-ring (21) inserted
between the filter cover (2) and the filter body (1) prevents oil leakage.
Each filter body is provided with a drain line (18) and an air vent line
(19) with isolating valves to drain and replace oil during filter
maintenance. An equalizing line is provided with an isolating valve
between the two filter element bodies to enable filling oil after
maintenance, thereby avoiding a pressure drop during filter
changeover. The equalizing valve is normally in the closed position and
is opened only to fill the standby filter body.
Inlet nozzle (9) and outlet nozzle (13) are cast integral with the body
and are connected to the change over valve chamber through internal
passages.
HP Oil Filter
The HP oil line is provided with a duplex type filter assembly to supply
clean oil to the turbine protective devices and the steam admission
valves.
The HP oil filter consists of a twin body (1) interconnected by a
change-over valve assembly, each body containing one filter element
(18). The change-over valve directs the unfiltered HP oil to the selected
filter and the filtered oil to the outlet line.
Each filter body is provided with a cover (2) for easy removal and
replacement of the filter element (18). Each filter element is provided
with a handle (23) at the top, which abuts the body cover and secures
the filter element tightly to the filter brim.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The change-over valve assembly consists of two identical change-over

valve bodies (4), the top valve body connecting the inlet chambers and
the bottom valve body connecting the outlet chambers of the two filter
bodies (1). The spindles of the two change-over valves (5) are joined
together by a coupling or joint (22) to enable operation of both valves
simultaneously. A change-over lever (6) secured to the top
change-over valve enables selection of one of the filters when moved
to the extreme position. Positioning of the change-over lever in the
mid-position enables both filter elements to be in service. This ensures
a smooth change over of the filter elements.

Mitsubishi
2-54
Chapter 2
General
A magnet (19) installed at the top of the filter element collects any iron
or rust particles entering the filter body. The magnet is to be inspected
for any collection of iron or rust particles and cleaned whenever the
filter is opened for maintenance.
Each filter body is provided with a drain plug (8) and an air vent line
with a vent valve (20) to drain and replace oil during filter maintenance.
An equalizing line is provided with an isolating valve (21) between the
two filter element bodies to enable filling oil after maintenance, thereby
avoiding a pressure drop during filter changeover. The equalizing valve
is normally kept in the closed position and is opened only to fill the
standby filter body.
A common inlet nozzle (7) and a common outlet nozzle (13) are bolted
to the top and bottom change-over valves respectively and are
connected to the inlet and outlet ports of the change-over valves.
2.6.6 Accumulator
The BFP-T oil unit is provided with a bladder type HP oil accumulator of
specific size and capacity.
The accumulator mainly consists of a steel shell (1) with domed upper
and lower ends and a rubber bladder (2) pre-charged with nitrogen gas.
The upper end of the bladder is fixed to the bore in the upper domed
end of the shell using a gas plug (5), an anti-extrusion ring (6), a
back-up ring (8) and a lock ring (9) combination. The top end of the
shell is sealed with O-rings (3 and 7) to prevent leakage of oil and/or
nitrogen gas. The center of the bladder upper end is tapped to accept
the gas valve assembly (4) for charging nitrogen gas into the bladder.
The gas valve is covered with a valve guard (10) to protect from the
ingress of foreign matter and to protect from mechanical damage.
The lower domed end of the shell is bored to accept the oil port
assembly (11). The oil port assembly is secured to the shell by an
anti-extrusion ring (6) and a back-up ring (8) and a lock ring (12)
combination. The bottom end of the shell is sealed with O-rings (7 and
14) to prevent oil leakage. An oil port flange (15) screwed into the oil
port assembly (11) for installation of the accumulator on the HP oil line.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The oil port assembly allows oil into the shell from the oil line when the
HP oil pressure exceeds the nitrogen gas pressure in the bladder and
discharges oil from the bladder into the oil line when the oil pressure
reduces.

Mitsubishi
2-55
Chapter 2
General
2.6.7 HP Oil Pressure Control Valve

The function of the HP oil pressure control valve in the BFP-T oil
system is to maintain a constant HP oil pressure by relieving excess oil
to the oil tank.
The HP oil pressure control valve consists of a double-seat cast steel
body (1) with integrally cast inlet and outlet nozzles. A plug (4)
consisting of two discs seat perfectly on two matching seat rings (5)
screwed into the seats of the valve body (1). The bottom end of the
plug is guided by a guide bushing (11) installed in the blind flange (3)
and the top end by another guide bushing (11) installed in the bonnet
(2). The plug (4) is operated by a plug stem (6) and both are connected
together by a plug stem pin (7) to move as a single unit.
The bonnet (2) is secured to the valve body (1) using stud bolts (9) and
nuts (10). Two gaskets (8) installed between the valve body and the
bonnet (2) / blind flange (3) prevents oil leakage.
The top end of the plug stem (6) protrudes the top end of the bonnet
and is connected to the spring stem (22) of the spring assembly
(actuator). The spring assembly is mounted on the top of the valve
bonnet (2) and secured with a drive nut (16). The space between the
plug stem (6) and the bonnet (2) is sealed by a gland assembly
consisting of a gland packing set (12), a packing box ring (13), a gland
(14) and a packing flange (15).
The spring assembly/actuator essentially consists of a spring-actuated
diaphragm (28) placed between a lower diaphragm case (20) and an
upper diaphragm case (19). The diaphragm is provided with a
pre-compressed force by a spring (24) held between a lower spring
button (31) and a diaphragm plate (29). The upper diaphragm case is
supplied with oil from the discharge header of the main oil pump, which
opens the valve when the discharge oil pressure is greater than the
spring force.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The arrangement of the valve seat rings (5) and the plug (4) is such
that the valve will be in fully closed position when the main oil pump is
not running or if the main oil pump discharge pressure is less than the
control valve set pressure (1.08 MPag). As the pump discharge
pressure increases beyond the set pressure, the plug opens
proportionately and maintains constant pressure by relieving the
excess oil into the oil tank through both seat rings.
The set pressure of the valve can be varied by an adjusting screw (23)
located below the lower spring button (31) and secured to the lower
diaphragm case (20). The adjusting screw is prevented from loosening
by a lock nut (24) after final adjustment.
Mitsubishi
2-56
Chapter 2
General
A bushing (32) installed in the adjusting screw (23) with a fine

clearance with the spring stem (22) guides the movement of the spring
stem during its traverse.
2.6.8 Bearing Oil Pressure Control Valve

The function of the pressure oil pressure control valve is to maintain a
constant bearing oil supply pressure.
The constructional and functional features of the bearing oil pressure
control valve are almost similar to the HP oil pressure control valve.
The major difference between the two valves is that the valve plug (4)
is kept in the fully open position initially when the oil pump is not
running and closes proportionately to maintain the bearing oil pressure
when the bearing oil pressure increases beyond the valve set pressure.
2.6.9 Vapor Extractor

The BFP-T vapor extractor fan is of the single stage centrifugal type. It
draws suction from the BFP-T oil tank and discharges the oil vapor and
non-condensable gases to the atmosphere.
The vapor extractor fan maintains a slight vacuum inside the BFP-T oil
tank. The turbine and generator bearing pedestals connected to the
main oil tank via the lube oil return line are also under a slight vacuum.
The vacuum in the bearing pedestal prevents leakage of oil or oil vapor
along the turbine shaft.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The vapor extractor fan consists of a volute casing (7) which encloses
an impeller (6). The impeller is formed from two flat discs enclosing
narrow vanes between them. The inlet side disc is shaped to provide
an opening and a boss to allow the flow of incoming gases. The
impeller is bolted to an impeller hub (9) and the whole assembly is
keyed onto the motor shaft using an impeller key (13) and secured with
an impeller set bolt (14) and a retaining washer (15). The impeller is
overhung inside the volute casing and is supported by the bearings of
the drive motor (1).
The fan casing is a steel fabricated component which is made in two
parts; a casing (7) and a cover (10). The casing cover is secured to the
motor base frame (2) and the casing cover to the suction cover (10). A
suction flange (10) bolted to the fan casing at the suction side is
connected to the BFP-T oil tank.
The fan casing is provided with a drain (19) to drain any liquid trapped
in the fan casing. Any oil droplet collected in the fan casing is drained to
the plant drainage through a U-loop seal.
Mitsubishi
2-57
Chapter 2
General
The suction flange, the fan casing and the discharge pipe are shaped
to smoothly guide the flow of air and vapor to promote efficient
performance of the fan. An inner circular ring welded to the casing at
the suction side maintains close clearance with the impeller and
minimizes bypassing of discharge gases into the suction side.
A packing (4) is bolted onto the fan casing at the motor end, where the
motor shaft penetrates the casing, to prevent leakage of oil droplets
and/or vapor along the shaft.
The impeller is rotated by a 0.75 kW, 400 V induction motor (1) at 2800
rpm. The motor is mounted on the base frame.
MM-M08
Rev.001
An oil mist separator is installed at the exit of the discharge line of the
vapor extractor fan to remove any traces of oil present in the oil vapor.
The oil droplets present in the oil vapor are trapped by the oil mist
separator and drained to the drainage through a U-loop seal.

Mitsubishi
2-58
Chapter 2
General
FROM DEH SYSTEM

C LO SE
L .V .D .T .
OPEN
LP G O V E R N IN G V A L V E
S E R V O M O T O R (W O O D W A R D )
OPEN
SV
1
ZS
6
PS
5
PI
7
D R A IN
AUTO
STOP
O IL
C LO S E
LP STO P VALVE SER VO M O TO R

R E L IE F V A LV E
D R A IN
A U T O S T O P O IL
AUTO
STOP
O IL
S
R E S E T O IL
F R O M N O .1 B E A R IN G P E D E S T A L
PT
2
AC CU M ULATO R
F R O M T E S T V A L V E D R A IN
T E S T V A LV E
F R O M B E A R IN G O IL S T R A IN E R V E N T
PT
3
B F P -T O IL T A N K
O IL M IS T S E P A R A T O R
PI
2
H P O IL
F IL T E R
H P O IL P R E S S .
C O N T . V A LV E
B R G . O IL P R E S S .
C O N T R O L V A LV E
T O D R A IN P IT
FROM OIL CONDITIONER
PI
5
F R O M B R G . O IL H E A D E R
T O N O .1 A N D N O .2 B E A R IN G P E D E S T A LS
F R O M B E A R IN G P E D E S T A L A IR V E N T S
O IL G A U G E
F R O M B R G . O IL H E A D R F O R P U M P P R IM IN G
VAPOUR
EXTRACTOR
PI
1
PI
6
DC
M
O IL T R A N S F E R P U M P
EM ERGENCY
O IL P U M P
AC
M
M A IN O IL
PUMP
AC
M
AC
M A IN O IL
PUMP
LT
1
FI
1
AC
M
B F P T O IL T A N K
F LO A T IN G V A LV E
MM-M08
Rev.001
B F P T M .O .T . S P ILL O V E R
T O M A IN O IL T A N K
B F P T M .O .T . S P IL L O V E R
T O O IL S T O R A G E T A N K
D R A IN
T O D R A IN P IT
M P T D -3-0 8 02
FIGURE 2-22
Mitsubishi
BFP-T CONTROL & LUBE OIL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM (1 OF 2)
2-59
MANUAL TRIP
RESET DEVICE
RESET OIL
"A"
General
RESET
OIL
Chapter 2
AUTO STOP OIL
AUTO
STOP OIL
BFPT
BFP
SIDE
GOV
SIDE
DRAIN
DRAIN
DRAIN
DRAIN
DETAIL "A"
DRAIN
TO BFPT M.O.T
TEST VALVE
TEST DRAIN
TO BFPT M.O.T
AIR VENT
TO BFPT M.O.T
TEMPORARY
STRAINER
BRG.OIL
TO BRG.
TO MAIN OIL TANK
PI
3
TE
1
PS
2
COOLING WATER
PI
4
DUAL
COOLING WATER
TE
2
BFPT OIL COOLER
FILTER DRAIN
FROM HP FILTER
BFP BEARING OIL SUPPLY

TO BFP SIDE
BRG OIL
STRAINER
TW
OIL TEMP.
ADJUST VALVE
CONTROL OIL
TO BRG.OIL PRESS CONTROL VALVE
PS
3
AIR VENT
TO BFPT M.O.T
PIT
1
BFP BEARING OIL RETURN

FROM BFP SIDE
DRAIN
TO BFPT M.O.T
DRAIN
TO PIT
Rev.001
MM-M08
FOR TEMPORARY MEASUREMENT
PUMP PRIMING
TO EACH PUMP
MPTD-3-0803
FIGURE 2-23
Mitsubishi
BFP-T CONTROL & LUBE OIL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM (2 OF 2)
2-60
N-01
N-01
BRG OIL STRAINER
BASE CENTER
Chapter 2
N-09
N-11
General
N-10
N-08
A1 (B1) MAIN OIL PUMP
N-08 N-09
N-12
EMERGENCY OIL PUMP

HP OIL FILTER
N-02
N-10
N-13
BASE & TANK CENTER
N-12 N-13
N-12
"A"
DETAIL "B"
OIL COOLER
"B"
TEMPORARY STRAINER
N-03
N-07
N-05
TANK CENTER
DETAIL "A"
BRG. OIL PRESS. CONTROL VALVE
N-05
OIL GAUGE
VAPOUR EXTRACTOR
N-01
N-04
VIEW A - A
N-06
A2 (B2) MAIN OIL PUMP
HP OIL PRESS. CONT. VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
N-04
N-11
FLOATING VALVE
N-06
MM-M08
Rev.001
N-03
N-07
N-02
BFPT MAIN OIL TANK

OIL TEMP. ADJUST VALVE
MPTD-3-0804

Mitsubishi
RETURN FILTER
OIL TRANSFER PUMP
FIGURE 2-24
BFP-T OIL UNIT GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
2-61
Chapter 2
General
33
FRONT COVER PACKING

END COVER
DETAIL "A"
MM-M08
Rev.001
MECHANICAL SEAL ASSEMBLY
MPTD-4-0805
FIGURE 2-25

Mitsubishi
SECTIONAL VIEW OF MAIN OIL PUMP
2-62
Chapter 2
General
33
FRONT COVER PACKING

END COVER
DETAIL "A"
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0806
FIGURE 2-26
Mitsubishi
SECTIONAL VIEW OF DC EMERGENCY OIL PUMP
2-63
Chapter 2
General
22
5
FRONT COVER PACKING

END COVER
DETAIL "A"
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0807
FIGURE 2-27
Mitsubishi
SECTIONAL VIEW OF OIL TRANSFER PUMP
2-64
Chapter 2
General
PACKING
DISK SEAT
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0815
FIGURE 2-28
Mitsubishi
SECTIONAL VIEW OF FOOT VALVE
2-65
Chapter 2
3
9
12
CW
INLET
General
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
OIL
OUTLET
S- FRAME
E- FRAME
HEAT TRANSFER PLATE
LOWER GUDE BAR
UPPER GUDE BAR
GUIDE BAR SUPPORT
TIGHTENING BOLT
NUT
S1-NOZZLE (CW INLET)
S3- NOZZLE (CW OUTLET)
S4-NOZZLE (OIL INLET)
S2- NOZZLE (OIL OUTLET)
6
A FLUID OUTLET
1
8
10
A FLUID INLET
11
OIL
INLET
A SIDE
B FLUID INLET
PLATE
NO.
1
3
5
7
9
11
4
CW
OUTLET
B FLUID OUTLET
B SIDE
D1234
1234
1234
PLATE
NO.
2
4
6
8
10
12
85
84
E 0000
Rev.001
PLATE ARRANGEMENT
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0808
7
FIGURE 2-29

Mitsubishi
DETAILS OF BFP-T OIL COOLER
2-66
Chapter 2
13
OUT
IN E
S
U
IN
B-B
A
BODY
COVER
UPPER COCK COVER
LOWER COCK COVER
COCK PLUG
COCK HANDLE
COCK LIFT HANDLE
COCK SHAFT
INLET NOZZLE
10
COVER YOKE
11
YOKE BOLT
12
RING
13
OUTLET NOZZLE
14
FILTER HANDLE
15
FILTER CYLINDER
16
WIRE GAUZE
17
STUD BOLT & NUTS
18
DRAIN PLUG
19
AIR VENT PLUG
20
INDICATOR
21
O-RING
22
O-RING
23
O-RING
General
IN
OUT
Rev.001
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0809
A-A
FIGURE 2-30
Mitsubishi
BEARING OIL FILTER
2-67
Chapter 2
21
OUT
13
15
14
16
FILTER BODY
13
OUTLET NOZZLE
FILTER BODY COVER
14
BOLT, NUT
CHANGE OVER VALVE COVER
15
BOLT
CHANGE OVER VALVE BODY
16
BOLT
CHANGE OVER VALVE
17
SCREW
LEVER
18
ELEMENT
INLET NOZZLE
19
MAGNET
DRAIN PLUG
20
VENT VALVE
O-RING
21
EQUALIZER VALVE
10
O-RING
22
JOINT
11
O-RING
23
FILTER HANDLE
12
O-RING
IN
General
20
20
17
12
2
9
11
23
4
IN
19
7
22
3
18
OUT
5
8
13
1
MM-M08
Rev.001
10
MPTD-3-0810
A-A
FIGURE 2-31

Mitsubishi
HP OIL FILTER
2-68
Chapter 2
General
10
4
9
7
8
6
SHELL
BLADDER
O-RING
GAS VALVE ASS'Y
GAS PLUG
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING
O-RING
BACK-UP RING
GAS END LOCK RING
13
10
VALVE GUARD
11
OIL PORT BODY ASS'Y
12
LOCK RING
13
NAME PLATE
14
O-RING
15
OIL PORT FLANGE
5
3
2
6
8
7
12
11
14
MM-M08
Rev.001
15
MPTD-4-0811
FIGURE 2-32
Mitsubishi
HP OIL ACCUMMULATOR
2-69
Chapter 2
25
26
27
General
28
19
20
30
21
PLUG
SEAT RING
29
22
31
23
24
34
33
24
32
15
GLAND
PACKING FLANGE
19
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0812
FIGURE 2-33
SECTIONAL VIEW OF HP OIL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE

Mitsubishi
2-70
Chapter 2
25
26
27
General
28
19
20
30
21
PLUG
SEAT RING
29
22
31
23
24
34
33
24
32
15
GLAND
PACKING FLANGE
19
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0813
FIGURE 2-34
SECTIONAL VIEW OF BEARING OIL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE

Mitsubishi
2-71
Chapter 2
8
17
MOTOR
MOTOR BASE
COLLAR
PACKING
BOLT
IMPELLER
CASING
SUCTION FLANGE
IMPELLER HUB
10
CASING COVER
11
BOLT
12
SPRING NUT
13
KEY
14
IMPELLER SET BOLT
15
WASHER
16
SCREW BOLT
17
SCREW BOLT
18
NAME PLATE
19
CASING DRAIN
General
16
7
17
10
9
8
13
11
12
14
18
15
5
2
MPTD-3-0814
MM-M08
Rev.001
19
FIGURE 2-35
Mitsubishi
SECTIONAL VIEW OF BFP-T VAPOR EXTRACTOR
2-72
Chapter 3
Specifications
C h a p t er
3 Specifications
TABLE 3-1
BOILER FEED PUMP TURBINE
Item
Specifications
Equipment number
03XAA01AE101/102
Quantity
Two ( 2) per unit
Manufacturer
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Ltd.
Model
SC1F-500mm
Constructional Features
Type
Single cylinder, horizontal axial flow,

impulse type turbine
Number of stages
Number of nozzles
(1st stage)
72
Number of stationary
blades
2nd stage
68
3rd stage
80
4th stage
62
5th Stage
64
6th Stage
60
Number of rotating
blades
1st stage
88
2nd stage
88
rd
88
th
50
th
5 Stage
80
6th Stage
76
3 stage
No. of LPSV per turbine
No. of LPGV per turbine
Type of governor
Electro hydraulic
MM-M08
Rev.001
4 stage

Mitsubishi
3-1
Chapter 3
Specifications
Continued from previous page.
TABLE 3-1
BOILER FEED PUMP TURBINE
Item
Performance
Parameters
Rotor Vibration
Limits
Materials Major
Components
Specifications
Inlet steam pressure
1.21 MPa(a)
Inlet steam temperature
368C
Exhaust pressure
0.0079 MPa(a)
Rated output
17,200 kW
Rated speed
5,250 rpm / 1480 rpm
Min. turning speed
19 rpm
Critical speed
First mode
Second mode
2600 ~ 2760 rpm

9520 ~ 9810 rpm
Overspeed trip speed (EOST)
5720 rpm
Alarm
75 m P-P
Trip
150 m P-P
Cylinder (Casing)
SCPH2
Exhaust casing
Steel Plate JIS SS400
Rotor
Forged Steel (10325GP)
Rotating blades
10705BU/10705BA-ST/10725BX/10725DX
First stage nozzles
10705BA-ST
nd
Diaphragm vanes (2 ~ 6 )
10705BA-ST/10715MS41/SCS13A
LPSV body
SCPH2
LPSV stem
10705BU
LPSV seat
10725AB
LPGV body
SCPH2
LPGV valves
10705BU
LPGV valve seat
10705CP
LPGV spindle
10705BU
Rotor
4,500 kg
Gov End bearing pedestal
1975 kg
Rev.001
10,900 kg (approx.)
BFPT upper casing assembly
(including stationary diaphragm,
insulation and lifting tool)
Turning device
790 kg
LP stop valve
1800 kg
MM-M08
Weights
th
LP governing valve
1334 kg

Mitsubishi
3-2
Chapter 3
TABLE 3-2
Specifications
ROTOR TURNING DEVICE
Item
Specifications
Equipment Number
03XAK01AE101/102
Quantity
Two (2) per unit
Manufacturer
Seisa Gear Ltd.
Buddy Box
Type
LHYXM56-3D175-Y2-53
Turning torque
1854 N-m
Turning Speed (at turbine shaft)
19 rpm
Motor
Rating
3.7 kW, 380V, 50Hz, 3, 6P
Rated speed
990 rpm
Lubricant
ISO VG#100 or VG#150 (JIS K2219 Gear Oil Gr2)
Capacity
5 liters
Buddy box
lubrication
SSS Clutch
Model
36T
Maximum Input Speed
350 rpm
Nominal Torque
1,560 N-m
Breakaway Torque
4,600 N-m
Stroke of slider
15 mm
SSS clutch
lubrication
Flow
4 liters / minute
Minimum oil pressure
1 bar
790 kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
Weight of turning gear assembly

Mitsubishi
3-3
Chapter 3
TABLE 3-3
Specifications
AC MAIN OIL PUMP
Item
Specifications
Equipment Number
03XAV01AP101/102/103/104
Quantity
Four (4) per Unit (Two per BFP-T)
Manufacturer
Daito Kogyo Co. Ltd. Japan
Gear
Involute double helical gear
Type
KSHRP-35HM-160
Capacity
700 L/min
Suction Pressure
0.0 MPa
Discharge Pressure
1.08 MPa
Bearing
Roller bearing
Shaft seal
Mechanical Seal
Rotation
Clockwise (viewed from driver)
Safety valve set pressure (built-in)
1.2 MPa
Speed
980 rpm
Coupling
Direct
AC Motor rating
37KW, 6 Pole, 380V, 3, 50Hz
Material Components
Casing / Cover
FC 250
Gear / Shaft
S45C
Bearing
SUJ NJ307 C3
Mechanical Seal
CARBON / METCO16C
Weight
180 kg
Motor
540 kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
Pump

Mitsubishi
3-4
Chapter 3
TABLE 3-4
Specifications
DC EMERGENCY OIL PUMP
Item
Specifications
Equipment Number
03XAV01AP301/302
Quantity
Two (2) per Unit (One per BFP-T)
Manufacturer
Daito Kogyo Co. Ltd., Japan
Type
KSHR-30M-140
Capacity
500 L/min
Suction Pressure
0.0 MPa
Discharge Pressure
0.25 MPa
Bearing
Ball bearing
Shaft seal
Mechanical Seal
Rotation
CW (viewed from driver)
Safety valve set pressure (built-in)
0.29 MPa
Speed
1,000 rpm
Coupling
Direct
DC motor rating
7.5 kW, 4 Pole, 250V DC
Material Components
Casing / Cover
FC250
Gear / Shaft
S45C
Bearing
SUJ No.6207 C3
Mechanical seal
CARBON / METCO16C
Weight
82 kg
Motor
280 kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
Pump

Mitsubishi
3-5
Chapter 3
TABLE 3-5
BFP-T OIL TANK
Item
Specifications
Equipment Number
03XAV01BB101/102
Quantity
2 (1 per BFP-T)
Manufacturer
KOWA CORPORATION, JAPAN
Type
Horizontal, rectangular
Capacity at NWL
4000 liters
Maximum tank capacity
5600 liters
Dimension (L x B x H)
2325 x 2860 x 1120 mm
TABLE 3-6
OIL COOLER
Item
Specifications
Equipment number
03XAV01AC101/102
Quantity
2 (1 per BFP-T)
Manufacturer
Hisaka Works Ltd.
Type
Horizontal, Plate type
Model
RX-185A-TNUP-85 (H18)
Flow direction
Counter current
No. of plates
85
2
Heat transfer area (m )
21.17
Heat exchanged (kW)
180
Plate material
SA-240-304
Cold Side
Hot Side
Water
Oil ISO VG32
Flow rate (m /h)
58
33
Inlet temperature (C)
38
57.7
Outlet temperature (C)
40.68
46.0
Pressure drop (MPa)
0.024
0.031
Design pressure (MPag)
1.0
0.77
Design temperature (C)
80
80
Sealing gasket material
NBR
NBR
No of passes
Fluid
3
Weight (approx.)
Empty
510 kg
Flooded
570 kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
Specifications

Mitsubishi
3-6
Chapter 3
TABLE 3-7
Specifications
BEARING OIL FILTER
Item
Specifications
Equipment number
03XAV01AT509/510/511/512
Quantity
Two per Unit (One per BFP-T)
Manufacturer
Mizuno Strainer Industries Co. Ltd. Japan
Fluid name
ISO VG32
Flow rate
550L/min
Working pressure
0.25 MPa
Working temperature
50C
Filter degree
120 mesh size
Differential pressure
0.05 Mpa
Mass
202kg
TABLE 3-8
HP OIL FILTER
Item
Specifications
03XAY01AT501/502/503/504
Manufacturer
Niikura Corporation, Japan
Fluid name
ISO VG32
Design pressure
1.2 MPa
Operating temperature
15 ~ 80C
Hydro-test pressure
1.80 MPa
Design temperature
80C
Filter degree
20 mesh size
0.1 MPa
Mass
68 kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
Equipment number

Mitsubishi
3-7
Chapter 3
TABLE 3-9
Specifications
VAPOR EXTRACTOR
Item
Specifications
Equipment number
03XAV01AN101/102
Quantity
Two (2) per unit (One (1) per BFP-T)
Manufacturer
Fulta Electric Machinery Co. Ltd
Model number
BTLS106-102
Type
Horizontal Centrifugal Turbo blower with Oil Mist

Exhaust
Capacity
2.4 m/min
Static pressure
1.8 kPa
Speed
2800 min-1
Rated output
0.75 kW
Motor rating
0.75 kW, 2 P, 380V, 50Hz
Material
Casing
SPHC-P (Hot Rolled Steel)
Impeller
A5052PH34
Impeller Hub
S45C
TABLE 3-10
ACCUMULATOR
Item
Specifications
03XAY01BB101
Quantity
Two (2) per unit (One per BFP-T)
Manufacture
NOK Corporation, Japan
Type
AT210-60-30/J16
Gas volume
64.0 L
Length
1,764 mm
Mass
179 kg (approximately)
Operating temperature
0C ~ 100C
Max working pressure
20.6 MPa(g)
Hydro Test Pressure
30.9 MPa(g)
MM-M08
Rev.001
Equipment Number

Mitsubishi
3-8
Chapter 4
C h a p t er
4 Preventive Maintenance
Preventive maintenance is carried out to avoid or minimize the possibility of failure or
deterioration of equipment performance. This requires a constant effort from
maintenance staff to ensure that the equipment is available on demand.
There are two categories of preventive maintenance, Routine Maintenance and Outage
Maintenance. Routine maintenance helps to reduce the possibility of outage and hence
the downtime of machinery. Outage maintenance is required to maintain the internal
components of the installed equipment.
Though vendor/manufacturers recommendations provide a good basis for the
provision of a preventive maintenance schedule, the frequency and other details should
be updated from time to time based on practical experience and actual feedback
gathered through inspection and normal operation of the equipment/plant.
Consideration of these site related specific issues will make the preventive
maintenance more effective.
4.1
Prerequisites
The necessary prerequisites for the preventive maintenance of the boiler feed
pump turbine are as follows:
4.1.1 Scheduling
MM-M08
Rev.001
Scheduling is the first activity in the preparation of a preventive

maintenance program. The schedule is to include planning to attend all
operating equipment on a fixed regular basis. Initially, schedules will be
prepared based on vendor/manufacturers generic instructions, the
schedules will, however, be updated (frequency, nature of inspection,
etc.) as site-specific data becomes available. Preventive maintenance
is to be coordinated with other concerned departments. In the case of a
major scheduled outage, maintenance personnel and other concerned
departments should jointly produce a plan of activities, well in advance,
to decide the inspection activities and other logistics (such as the
availability and supply of required equipment, spare parts, and tools,
etc.). The schedule should clearly identify the critical path. Priority is to
be assigned to specific tasks that also involve parallel activities to
reduce the equipment downtime and to complete the work within the
scheduled time.

Mitsubishi
4-1
Chapter 4
4.1.2 Departmental Interface/ Notification

Departmental communication is essential and interfacing between
departments is to be maintained to avoid any lack of communication
that may arise and adversely affect routine or outage maintenance work.
Prior to commencing preventive maintenance all concerned persons
(shift supervisor, operators, etc.) are to be made aware of the schedule
and the nature of the activities that are to take place. If it becomes clear
that there is a problem or a conflict of interests in the schedule (e.g. the
maintenance schedule interferes with another groups work), this is to
be resolved by mutual agreement between the parties involved.
4.1.3 Isolation of Equipment

It is important that isolations are agreed and valid clearances and work
permits are obtained before any maintenance work is performed. The
isolation boundaries of the particular equipment to be taken under
maintenance are to be clearly identified.
In the case of an electrical isolation the power supply shall be
disconnected and/or the fuses removed. In the case of mechanical
isolation, the valves or other mechanical means of isolation, at the
isolation boundaries are to be closed and if possible locked closed. The
system within the isolation boundaries is to be depressurized.
4.1.4 Safety Precautions

Before the commencement of any maintenance work, the person in
charge of the work site is to perform a risk assessment and method
statement for the safe execution of the job scope activities, described
within the work permit. Risk assessment includes identifying,
recognizing and understanding the potential hazards associated with
the work. The method statement is to illustrate the safe working
practices in accordance with the safety manual and the manufacturers
instruction manual to prevent personal injury and/or equipment
damage.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Prior to the commencement of actual work, the person carrying out the
work is to make a safety check based on the above method statement
and also use his own judgment to ensure that the equipment and the
prevailing working conditions are safe. During maintenance work, every
employee should follow the safe working procedures detailed in the
method statement.

Mitsubishi
4-2
Chapter 4
4.2
Routine Maintenance
The purpose of routine maintenance is the implementation of the preventive
maintenance program on a periodic basis through a planned and correctly
executed inspection. The routine maintenance activities are very important in
that if they are properly carried out, they will enhance equipment reliability. As a
result, good routine maintenance activities may help in cost reduction in the long
run through the minimization of equipment downtime.
Cleaning is an important and necessary maintenance activity to prevent the
ingress of foreign material. Other major points are as follows: (Summarized
major routine activities are also shown in Table 4-1).
4.2.1 Preparation
a)
Parts, Tools and Equipment

It is important to prepare the necessary parts, tools and
equipment before commencing actual work. Routine maintenance
generally requires a standard mechanical toolkit, consumables,
cleaning materials, etc. Any shortages of these items will affect
the maintenance activity and may delay the schedule. Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) is necessary for maintenance staff at
all times.
Upon completion of work, all tools and equipment should be
serviced and stored correctly to ensure availability for further use.
b)
Documentation
MM-M08
Rev.001
Documentation is an important part of any maintenance duty. All

findings should be noted on a comprehensive log sheet, reporting
all aspects of the equipment observed during the routine
inspection. The data recorded in these documents will be useful in
determining the root cause of equipment failure found during
outage/corrective maintenance work. Any abnormalities, if
observed, are to be immediately communicated to the concerned
department/personnel for rectification and are to be detailed in the
report.

Mitsubishi
4-3
Chapter 4
4.2.2 Inspection and Maintenance
Take care near rotating machinery, hands and clothing can be

drawn into machinery. Always check that all guards are in
place before starting any rotating machinery.
If steam leakage is noted, Do not attempt to FEEL your way

to the source. Notify the maintenance supervisor.
For the following inspections, the BFP-T should be operating under

normal conditions. Perform the following inspections for each BFP-T.
Notify the maintenance supervisor of any discrepancies noted during
the inspections.
a)
Steam/Air Leakage
Inspect the entire turbine for steam/air leakage, paying particular
attention to the area around the Gov End and Pump End gland
seals.
Detection of steam or air leakage may be by sight or sound. If
steam or air leakage is observed in the turbine gland seals, have
Operations personnel verify proper operation of the BFP-T gland
sealing system. Leakage of air into the glands leads to a potential
for increased corrosion in the system and also possible loss of
vacuum in the condenser leading to a drop in cycle efficiency.
Leakage in driving steam supply piping can cause a reduction in
the efficiency of the turbine. The consequence of leakage is a
loss of high quality steam condensate leading to the requirement
of higher make-up.
b)
Abnormal Turbine Noise
MM-M08
Rev.001
The noise emanating from the turbine is to be monitored. An

increase in the noise level may indicate that the rotating
components or bearings are near failure. Contact or rubbing
between the stationary and rotating components also causes a
clearly audible increase in noise.
If the noise is excessive, the turbine must be shut down for
investigation and rectification as required.
Mitsubishi
4-4
Chapter 4
c)
Oil Leakage
Visually inspect the area around the turbine bearings for oil
leakage past the oil seals. Visually inspect the turbine oil piping
and components for leaks.
Small oil leakage near the hot components of the turbine may
lead to fire and damage to the equipment. A bigger oil leakage
leads to draining of lube oil from the oil tank causing a probable
turbine trip and subsequent oil starvation for the oil pumps and
the T-BFP set and also sometimes leads to a fire.
d)
Bearings
Prudent use of the bearing temperature and vibration monitoring
equipment, routine oil analysis, lubrication system evaluations
and machine operational performance reviews can effectively
identify bearing distress before any catastrophic failure occurs.
Bearing condition is commonly monitored primarily through the
use of temperature measurements. Be aware that the
temperature sensed by the temperature sensor depends on its
location and type. This information is important for the measured
temperature data to have any real value.
e)
Fasteners
Check all visible joints for loose or missing fasteners.
f)
Stop Valve and Governing Valve

Inspect the LPSV and LPGV for the following:
g)
Steam leakage
Loose or missing fasteners
Loose or damaged linkage
Improper stroke
Excessive GV cycling (hunting).
Inspection of Auxiliaries
MM-M08
Rev.001
Visually inspect the following equipment for oil leakage, loose or

missing fasteners and other problems:
Turning device
AC main oil pumps

Mitsubishi
4-5
Chapter 4
h)
DC emergency oil pump
HP filter
Bearing oil filter
Oil cooler
Vapor extractor
Pressure control valves
Oil tank.
Past Records
Check with Operations personnel to determine if any problems
with BFP-T operation have been noted. This information should
guide and form the basis for further investigation and monitoring
of the various operating parameters of the BFP-T.
i)
Information to be Logged
Note the following operating parameters and record them in a
table. The logged information must be reviewed and compared
with previously recorded values in order to detect trends:
Thrust bearing temperature
Radial bearing temperature (Pump End and Gov End)
Bearing vibration (Pump End and Gov End)
Turbine speed
Oil cooler oil outlet temperature
Oil tank internal pressure
Oil tank level.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
4-6
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-1
No.
Turbine
Turbine glands
Turbine bearing pedestal
Major Check Item
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST
Check Method
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
(if beyond acceptable limit)
Remarks
Recommended
Maintenance
Frequency
Turbine speed
Permanent
instrument
Within rated speed Evaluate the operating speed with

respect to plant load
Daily
Permanent
instrument
Within the rated

pressure
Evaluate the operating pressure with

respect to the specified pressure for the
turbine
Daily
Steam leak
Visual or
audible
No leak
Stop the turbine and rectify
Daily
Abnormal noise
Audible
No rubbing noise
No abnormal noise
No discernible
increase in noise
If the noise is excessive shutdown the

turbine for investigation and
rectification (Refer to Table 6-1 for
details)
Daily
Loose or missing
fasteners
Visual
No loose or missing
fasteners
Tighten loose fasteners locale any

fallen or any missing fasteners or
replace with new fasteners
Weekly
Steam leak
Visual or
Audible
No leakage
Refer to Table 6-1 for Details
Daily
Gland steam pressure
Permanent
instrument
Between 4 or
5kPa (g)
Daily
Oil leak
Visual
No leakage
Daily
MM-M08
Rev.001
Description

Mitsubishi
4-7
Chapter 4
Continued from previous page

TABLE 4-1
No.
Thrust and radial bearings
Turbine oil piping and

components
LPSV and LPGV
MM-M08
Rev.001
Description

Mitsubishi
Major Check Item
Check
Method

Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Manual trip.
Recommended
Maintenance
Frequency
Bearing
temperature
Permanent
instruments
Thrust bearing
Alarm/Trip:99/113C
Refer to Table 6-1 for details.
Daily
Bearing vibration
Permanent
instruments
Alarm: 75
Oil leakage
Visual
No leakage
Sight glass
Visual
Oil flow visible
Check and adjust oil pressure
Oil filters
Visual
Clean element
Check filter elements for white

metal particles
Steam leakage
Visual or
audible
No leakage
Identify source of leak and repair
Daily
Loose or missing
fasteners
Visual
No loose or missing fasteners
Tighten loose fasteners. Locate

any fallen or missing fastener or
replace with new fastener.
Weekly
Loose or damage
linkage
Visual
No loose or damage linkage
Tighten loose connectors.

Repair or replace damage
components in the linkage.
Weekly
Proper stroke
Visual
Smooth stroking
Weekly
Excessive GV
cycling (hunting)
Visual
No hunting
Weekly
Daily
Trip : 150
Stop the BFP-T to Daily

identify its source
Daily
and rectify, if an
abnormal condition
Weekly
persist.
4-8
Chapter 4

TABLE 4-1
No.
Description
Oil Tank
Major Check Item
Check
Method

Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Recommended
Maintenance
Frequency
Oil tank internal

pressure
Permanent
instruments
Less than atmospheric

pressure
Check the operation of vapor

extractor and adjust the loading.
Daily
Oil level
Permanent
instruments
High Alarm: + 50mm

Low Alarm: - 100mm
Daily
Oil Cooler
Outlet temperature
Permanent
instruments
Between 40C to 50C
Bearing oil strainer
across strainer
Permanent
instruments
Less than 0.5MPa
Changeover to the standby strainer

and clean the clogged strainer
element.
Temperature control
valve set at 45C.
Daily
Weekly
Check any debris for any indication

of bearing failure.
10 HP filter
Differential
pressure across
filter
Permanent
instruments
Less than 0.1MPa
Daily
Changeover to the standby filter

and clean the clogged up filter
element.
Check any debris for any
indication of bearing failure.
MM-M08
Rev.001
11 Bearing oil

Mitsubishi
Bearing oil pressure
Permanent
instruments
0.25 MPa(g)
See Table 6-3 for details.
Bearing oil pressure

low Alarm/Trip
0.07/0.05MPag
Daily
Bearing oil
temperature
Permanent
instruments
Between 40C to 50C
See Tables for details.
Daily
Qualitative analysis
of oil sample
Laboratory
equipment
Standard Lubricant
specification by the lubricant
manufacturer
Replace lubricant.
According to ASME
D4378 or the frequency
of replacing the oil for
the turbine.
4-9
Chapter 4

TABLE 4-1
No.
Description
12 Turning device
13 Oil pumps (Main oil pump,
MM-M08
Rev.001
Emergency oil pump and oil transfer

pump)

Mitsubishi
Major Check Item
Check Method
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Recommended
Maintenance
Frequency
Oil leakage
Visual
No Leakage
Inspect and replace O-ring and

gasket. See Table 6-5 for details.
Monthly
Oil level in buddy box
Visual
Visible in oil gauge
Top up oil level.
Monthly
Loose or missing
fastener
Visual
No loose or missing
fasteners
Tighten loose fastener. Locate any

fallen fastener or missing fastener or
replace with new fastener.
Monthly
Oil pressure
Permanent
instruments
Minimum pressure of See Table 6-5 for details.

0.1 MPa(g) at the
inlet of SSS clutch
Monthly
Abnormal noise
Audible
No abnormal noise
Dismantle, inspect and rectify defective

buddy box.
Monthly
Vibration
Portable
No abnormal
vibration meter vibration
Stop pump immediately. Refer to Table

6-4 for details.
Every 3 Months
Abnormal noise
Audible
No abnormal noise
Weekly
Main oil pump

discharge pressure
Permanent
instruments
Discharge pressure
between 1.01~1.1
MPa(g)
Motor current
Below motor full

Permanent
instruments in load current
the MCC
Every 3 months
Leakage from oil seal
Visual
Examine leakage. Stop pump and

inspect oil seal, if leakage excessive.
Every 3 months
No leakage
HP oil pressure
control valve set at
1.08 MPa(g)
Weekly
4-10
Chapter 4

TABLE 4-1
No.
Description
13 Oil pumps (Main oil pumps,
Major Check Item
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Recommended
Maintenance
Frequency
Portable
thermometer
Permissible bearing
Refer to Table 6-4.
temperature is ambient
+40C or Oil temperature
+20C.
Every 3 months
Reverse rotation of
standby pump.
Visual
No reverse rotation of
standby pump.
Check the discharge check valve

of the stand by pump during
shutdown.
Every 3 months
Vibration
Portable
vibration meter
No abnormal vibration.
Refer to Table 6-6.
Every 3 months
Abnormal noise
Audible
No abnormal noise.
Refer to Table 6-6.
Weekly
Motor current
Permanent
instruments in
MCC
Normal operating current. Adjust and lock suction damper if

current is abnormal.
Test kit
N2 pre-charge
Replenish the accumulator with N2
pressure-62 ~ 75 MPa(g).
Check N2 pre-charge
pressure
Every 3 months
Check the impeller and casing for

any rubbing contact , bearing
failure or excessive damper
opening.
Outage Inspection
MM-M08
Rev.001
15 HP accumulator
Check Method
Bearing temperature.
emergency pumps, transfer pumps)
14 Vapor extractor

Mitsubishi
4-11
Chapter 4
4.3
Outage Maintenance
The purpose of outage maintenance is the implementation of a preventive
maintenance program on a yearly basis through a planned and correctly
executed maintenance work program accompanying necessary inspections.
The outage maintenance activities are very important in the sense that if
properly undertaken these enhance the life and reliability of equipment.
Major activities related to outage maintenance are as follows: (Summarized
major activities for outage maintenance are also shown in Table 4-2).
4.3.1 Preparation
a)

Refer to Subsection 4.2.1 a), Parts, Tools and Equipment.
In addition, it will be necessary to identify and request the
provision of any spare part requirements.
An outage will, in certain cases, require the use of material
handling equipment.
Unused spare parts are to be returned for correct storage and
used spare parts are to be replenished.
b)
Documentation
Refer to Subsection 4.2.1 b), Documentation.
Records are to be maintained to record information regarding
spares and consumables used. These records will be used for
future reference and spare parts replenishment.
MM-M08
Rev.001
On completion of outage maintenance work, the equipment is to

be monitored for correct operation and maintenance data logging.
This will help to determine the correct intervals of preventive
maintenance activities to ensure optimum plant availability. The
correct recording of findings during inspection will build a
valuable document for future reference.

Mitsubishi
4-12
Chapter 4
4.3.2 Inspection and Maintenance

a)
BFP-T to BFP Alignment and Coupling Inspection

Disassemble the coupling as detailed in Appendix G-5,
Installation and Maintenance Manual for EKK Flexible Diaphragm
Coupling.
The BFP-T to BFP, BFP to gear box and gear box to booster
pump alignment are to be measured and recorded during
disassembly and, again, during reassembly in accordance with
the procedure detailed in Appendix G-5.
The components of the couplings are to be examined for wear
visually and for cracks using NDT methods as per the
recommendations specified in Appendix G-5.
b)
Thrust Bearing Clearance

The thrust bearing clearance is to be measured and recorded at
disassembly and reassembly.
The BFP-T rotor is to be moved towards the Pump End until the
thrust collar abuts the thrust pads at the Pump End of the thrust
bearing. A magnetic base is to be mounted upon the cylinder and
the stylus of a dial test indicator (DTI) is to be arranged to contact
the coupling hub axially. The DTI is to be set to zero and the
BFP-T rotor is to be moved towards the Gov End until the thrust
collar abuts the thrust pads at the Gov End. The reading
indicated by the DTI is the thrust bearing clearance.
c)
Rotor Clearances
Remove the turbine upper casing from the lower casing as
detailed in Section 5.1, Disassembly and reassembly of BFP-T.
Position the BFP-T rotor axially such that clearance K is 6.0 0.2
mm (Target 0.0 mm) before taking any of the following rotor
clearance measurements. (Refer to Detail N in Figures 4-1 and
4-2 for details of K dimension).
Rev.001
Clearance K must be set correctly as all other turbine
MM-M08
Note
The horizontal axial and radial clearances are to be measured

and recorded at both disassembly and reassembly as follows:
clearances are based on this measurement.

Mitsubishi
4-13
Chapter 4
Note
The top and bottom radial clearances are to be measured
when components which could affect the top and bottom
clearances are exchanged for new or when movement is
suspected which may result in a change in the clearances.
Appendix F details the procedure for measuring the turbine
MM-M08
Rev.001
clearances.
Radial clearance between the sixth stage rotating blade

shroud and seal strip.
Radial clearances between the sixth stage diaphragm gland

seal and the rotor.
Axial clearances between sixth stage diaphragm inner ring

extension and the sixth and fifth stages rotating blade bases.
Radial clearances between the fifth stage rotating blade

shroud and seal strips.
Radial clearances between the fifth stage diaphragm gland

seal and the rotor.
Axial clearances between the fifth stage diaphragm inner ring

extension and the fifth and fourth stages rotating blade
bases.
Radial clearances between the fourth stage rotating blade

Radial clearances between the fourth stage diaphragm gland

seal and the rotor.
Axial clearances between the fourth stage diaphragm inner

ring and the fourth and third stages rotating blade bases.
Radial clearances between the third stage rotating blade

Radial clearances between the third stage diaphragm gland

seal and the rotor.
Axial clearances between the third stage diaphragm inner

ring and the third and second stages rotating blade bases.
Radial clearances between the second stage rotating blade

Radial clearances between the second stage diaphragm

gland seal and the rotor.

Mitsubishi
4-14
Chapter 4
d)
Axial clearance between the second stage diaphragm inner

ring and the third stage rotating blade base.
Radial clearances between the first stage rotating blade

Axial clearance between the first stage rotating blade to

nozzle box face.
Radial clearances between the Pump End gland seal rings

and the rotor.
Radial clearances between the Gov End gland seal rings and
the rotor.
Turbine Rotor
The upper casing and the rotor are to be removed as detailed in
Section 5.1, Disassembly and Reassembly of BFP-T.
The rotor is to be examined for damage to the discs. Suspect
areas are to be further examined using magnetic particle
inspection.
The journal surfaces for the Gov End and Pump End radial
bearings and the rotor (stepped and plain) surfaces for the rotor
glands, interstage glands and oil seals are to be inspected for any
damage.
The thrust collar is to be examined for roughness of surface,
scoring or for bluing. A magnetic particle test is to be performed
on the thrust collar.
A turbine rotor run-out check should be performed periodically, or
in the event of an investigation into high vibration. The procedure
is to set the rotor between centers in a lathe with a dial gauge
located at the centre of each journal. The rotor is then to be
rotated to note down the readings. The maximum permissible
run-out is 2/100 mm.
e)
Turbine Blades and Shroud Strips
MM-M08
Rev.001
The turbine blades and shroud strips are to be examined for

damage, cracks and excessive erosion.
Suspected areas are to be further examined using NDT.
The 6th row blade leading edge, which is provided with a stellite
strip, is to be closely examined for erosion of both stellite strip
and the blade surrounding the area to which it is attached. The
bond of the strip is to be checked using dye penetrant test.

Mitsubishi
4-15
Chapter 4
The manufacturers advice is to be sought if cracks, severe

erosion or stellite strip bond failure is revealed.
f)
Diaphragms
If damage or excessive wear to the diaphragms are noted during
initial visual inspection, the upper casing is to be inverted and the
diaphragms are to be removed from both the upper and lower
casings as detailed in Section 5.1, Disassembly and Reassembly
of BFP-T.
The stationary blades are to be examined for cracks, erosion or
damage caused by the passage of foreign objects. Suspected
areas are to be examined using NDT. The manufacturers advice
should be sought if severe damage, excessive erosion or cracks
are revealed.
The inter-stage seal ring segments and sealing fins are to be
inspected for damage, cracks, bending or wear. Bent seal fins
may be straightened and flattened fins may be refurbished using
hand tools and the clearance re-measured. Seal ring segments
which exhibit cracks or excessive wear are to be exchanged for
new.
g)
Casing
The inner faces of the upper casing and the lower casing are to
be examined for any presence of erosion, corrosion, damage or
excessive wear. The horizontal mating surface is to be inspected
for loss of flatness, steam cuts and signs of leakage. Suspected
areas are to be further examined using NDT. The manufacturers
advice is to be sought if cracks, horizontal joint leakage or severe
erosion are revealed.
The nozzles are to be examined for cracks using NDT and
visually examined for erosion or damage. Cracked or severely
eroded nozzles are to be exchanged for new.
h)
Turbine Glands
MM-M08
Rev.001
The turbine gland seal segments are to be removed from their

slots as detailed in Section 5.1, Disassembly and Reassembly of
BFP-T.
The seal ring segments, springs and gland casing are to be
cleaned with a wire brush. The loose debris is to be vacuum
removed.
The seal ring segments are to be examined for cracks, bending,
damage or excessive wear to the seal fins. Suspected segments
are to be further examined using NDT.
Mitsubishi
4-16
Chapter 4
Bent seal fins may be straightened and flattened edges

refurbished using hand tools and the clearances re-measured.
Gland seal ring segments having cracked or excessively worn
seal fins are to be replaced as an entire set.
i)
Radial and Thrust Bearings

Disassemble the bearing pedestal covers and remove the radial
and thrust bearings as detailed in the Chapter 5. Perform
inspection and maintenance as per the instructions provided in
Appendices G-2 and G-3.
Pump End and Gov End Radial Bearings
The bearing oil clearances and the pedestal oil seal ring
clearances are to be measured and recorded at disassembly and
reassembly.
CAUTION
Do not clean the bearing before completing examination as
valuable information may be lost.
The white metal surface of each radial pad is to be inspected
prior to cleaning. The surface must be free from deep scoring,
severe discoloration, cracks, excessive dullness, excessive
embedding of foreign material and wiping of the white metal
surface.
The bond between the white metal and steel backing pad is to be
assured. NDT methods may be employed to check for cracks or
loss of bond.
Pads which show minor wear or damage may be corrected by
scraping and returned to service, ensuring, by the use of
engineers blue marking, that the bearing contact area is a
minimum of 75% of the total white metal area.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Severely worn or damaged bearings, bearings exhibiting

excessive oil clearance or bearings exhibiting a loss of white
metal bond are to be exchanged for new. Pads having excessive
dullness (> 50% area) should be replaced with new as a set.
The rotor journal surface is to be inspected for roughness,
scoring or bluing. Light abrasion and scoring of the journal
surface is to be reduced with a well lubricated oil stone. Bluing of
the surface indicates overheating. The flow of lubricant and the
bearing pad bearing area is to be checked for adequacy. The
manufacturers advice must be sought on discovery of a journal
exhibiting severe scoring or extreme roughness of the surface.
Mitsubishi
4-17
Chapter 4
The pedestal oil seal rings are to be examined for cracking of the
seal fins, bending and for excessive wear. A bent seal fin may be
straightened and flattened edges may be refurbished using hand
tools and the clearances re-measured. Oil seal rings exhibiting
excessive clearance or cracked fins are to be exchanged for new.
Thrust Bearing
The white metal surface and the tilting surface of the thrust pads
are to be examined. The surfaces must be free from deep scoring,
severe discoloration, cracks, excessive dullness, excessive
embedding of foreign material and wiping of the white metal
surface.
The bond between the white metal and the steel backing pad is to
be assured. NDT methods may be employed to check for cracks
or loss of bond.
Bearings which show minor wear or damage may be corrected by
scraping and returned to service, ensuring, by the use of
engineers blue marking, that the bearing contact area is a
minimum of 75% of the total white metal area.
Severely worn or damaged thrust pads are to be exchanged for
new as a complete set. A severely worn or damaged tilting pad
thrust bearing is to be exchanged for new. Pads having
excessive dullness (> 50% area) should be replaced with new.
The cage ring is to be inspected for indentation. Minor identical
indentations may be ignored. Deep, wide indentations indicate an
abnormally high axial load. A severely indented cage ring is to be
exchanged for new and the thrust clearance re-measured and
adjusted. The reason for the excess load is to be investigated
and remedied before returning the unit to service. Minor
roughness or scoring may be reduced by a well lubricated oil
stone. The manufacturer must be contacted if severe wear or
damage is revealed or if cracks are revealed by the NDT.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The pad supporting components such as levers, pillars and pad

stops are to be inspected for cracks, wear or any other damage.
Components exhibiting minor defects may be reduced by a well
lubricated oil stone. A severely worn or damaged component is to
be exchanged for new.
The pedestal oil seal rings are to be examined for cracking of the
seal fins, bending and for excessive wear. A bent seal fin may be
straightened and flattened edges may be refurbished using hand
tools and the clearances re-measured. Oil seal rings exhibiting
excessive clearance or cracked fins are to be exchanged for new.

Mitsubishi
4-18
Chapter 4
j)
LP Stop Valve and Governing Valve

The covers are to be removed from the valves, and the spindles
removed from the covers as detailed in Chapter 5, disassembly
and reassembly section.
The SV and GV valve bodies and covers are to be examined for
erosion, corrosion, damage or excessive wear. The
manufacturers advice should be sought if severely eroded,
damaged bodies or covers are revealed.
The valve seats are to be inspected for wear, steam cutting or
damage caused by the passage of foreign objects. Lightly worn
valve seats are to be lapped with their respective valves, to
achieve an efficient seal. Valve seats worn beyond refurbishment
are to be replaced. The manufacturers advice on repair
procedures is to be sought.
The valves (plugs) are to be inspected for excessive wear or
damage to the seat area caused by the passage of foreign
objects. Minor wear may be lapped to achieve an efficient seal
with the respective valve seat. A severely worn or damaged valve
is to be exchanged for new and its seat area checked for sealing
with the valve seat using engineers blue.
Valve stems/spindles are to be placed in V-blocks positioned on
a surface table and the stylus of a DTI is to be arranged to
contact the center in a radial manner. The spindle is to be rotated
and measure and record the spindle run-out. A stem/spindle
which exhibits a run-out greater than the acceptance criteria is to
be exchanged for new.
The stem/spindle to bushing clearance is to be determined. Any
bushing which is worn beyond the acceptance criteria is to be
exchanged for new.
The linkage of each valve is to be disconnected from its

servomotor and tested for free motion, loose connecting pieces
and excessive wear. Damaged or excessively worn components
are to be exchanged for new.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The fasteners are to be inspected for wear or deformation of the

thread. Each nut is to be checked for free running on the threads
of its stud. Studs and nuts which reveal damage, excessive wear,
or distorted threads are to be exchanged for new.

Mitsubishi
4-19
Chapter 4
k)
Turning Device
Disassemble the turning device and separate the buddy box and
the SSS clutch as detailed in the turning device instruction
manual provided in Appendix G-1.
The input pinion shaft and the output shaft are to be assessed for
free rotation within the bearings without binding. The independent
rotation of the output shaft and pinion shaft with SSS clutch
disengaged is to be assessed for freedom of rotation without
binding. The SSS clutch is to be operated and its freedom of axial
movement assessed.
If roughness, binding, excessive clearance or gear damage is
revealed, the buddy box is to be disassembled and the bearings
and gear shafts inspected for wear or damage. Severely worn or
damaged bearing, gear and shaft are to be exchanged for new.
The pinion and the gear of the buddy box are to be inspected for
excessive wear, damage and for tooth contact. Excessively worn
or damaged pinion and gear are to be exchanged for new as a
set. Gears exhibiting improper teeth contact should also be
replaced with a new set.
The components of the SSS clutch are to be inspected for any
wear or damage. Severely worn components are to be
exchanged for new.
l)
BFP-T Oil Tank

The pressure control valves and the safety relief valves are to be
tested and adjusted for correct operating pressure.
The oil in the tank is to be analyzed by a competent laboratory.
The tank should be cleaned and filled with new oil if
recommended by the analyzing laboratory.
A substantial sample is to be drained from the lowest point of the
tank and assessed for foreign material. Suspect material is to be
analyzed and the results used as a guide to the requirement for
further inspections.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The oil filter elements are to be cleaned and inspected for any
damage. Damaged element should be replaced with a new one.
The return oil strainer is to be inspected for collection of any
foreign material and cleaned. Any component found in the return
oil strainer should be traced for its source and the corresponding
equipment should be inspected and rectified.

Mitsubishi
4-20
Chapter 4
m)
Oil Pumps
The pump case is to be inspected for damage or excessive wear.
Minor wear marks may be reduced by the use of a well lubricated
oil stone. An excessively worn or damaged casing is to be
exchanged for new.
The bearing metal sliding surfaces have to be inspected for
conditions of contact and flaw.
The inner and outer races and balls of the anti-friction bearings
are to be inspected for pitting or damage. If pitting or damage is
found, replace with new ones.
If leakage is observed during operation, disassemble and
perform mechanical seal inspection, checking the conditions of
mating faces, O-ring, oil seal and spring. If required, replace with
new ones.
Check conditions of the shaft. Rectify minor defects and replace if
any abnormal wear or damage is found.
Inspect the coupling bolts and rubber bushes. If abnormal wear
or damage is found, renew them as a set. Check the alignment
between the pump and the motor.
n)
Oil Cooler
The heat transfer plates are to be removed, inspected for any
deposit and cleaned by a brush.
The gaskets are to be inspected for age deterioration, crack or
damage. If problem noticed, replace with new gaskets.
o)
Vapor Extractor
The casing and impeller are to be examined for damage or
excessive wear. An excessively worn or damaged casing or
impeller is to be exchanged for new.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The impeller hub is to be inspected for wear or damage in the oil

seal seating surface. Minor wear marks on the hub may be
reduced by the use of an oilstone. An excessively worn or
damaged hub is to be exchanged for new.
The condition of the motor bearings is to be assessed. The
impeller is to be rotated slowly by hand and assessed for freedom
of rotation. The motor shaft is to be lifted and the bearing wear
assessed. If worn, rough or binding bearings are revealed, the
electrical maintenance department is to be asked to dismount the
motor and exchange the bearings for new.
Mitsubishi
4-21
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
1
Description
BFP-T ~ BFP
Coupling
Blade clearances:
th
nd
6 ~ 2 Stages
Check Method
ANNUAL OUTAGE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Alignment
Using clamps and

DTI
Misalignment with
tolerance
Ensure proper alignment during the

reassembly
Mechanical faults
or cracks
Visual/NDT
No excessive wear,
damage or cracks
Exchange coupling components for

new.
Rotating blade
Lead wire and
shroud to seal strip Vernier caliper
radial clearance
(Top and Down)
Within limits specified

in Figure 4-1 and
Figure 4-2.
On reassembly, ensure clearance

within tolerance
Refer to Appendix F for

clearance measurement
procedure.
Inner-stage gland Lead wire and

seal to rotor radial Vernier caliper
clearance
(Top and Down)

in Figure 4-1 and
Figure 4-2.

within tolerance

procedure.
Diaphragm inner
ring to rotating
blade axial
clearance

in Figure 4-1 and
Figure 4-2.

within tolerance
Rotating blade
Lead wire and
shroud to seal strip Vernier caliper
radial clearance
(Top and Down)

in Figure 4-1 and
Figure 4-2.

within tolerance
Nozzle block to
Feeler gauge
rotating blade axial
clearance

in Figure 4-1 and
Figure 4-2.

within tolerance
Feeler gauge
Inspection
Date
Inspector
Results
Refer to coupling
instruction manual in
Appendix G.

procedure.
MM-M08
Rev.001
st
1 Stage
Major Check Item

Mitsubishi
4-22
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
3
MM-M08
Rev.001
Description
Rotor
Rotating blades
Diaphragm
Major Check Item
Check Method
Erosion, corrosion,
Visual
damage or excessive
wear
Check Reference
No excessive erosion,
corrosion or wear
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Inspector
Results
Consult manufacturers for advice if

severe defects revealed.
Run out check
Rotor in lathe and Run out ,max 2/100mm Attempt to straighten or replace
dial gauge checks
rotor.
Cracks in the rotor

discs
NDT
No cracks
Consult manufacturer for advice if

cracks revealed.
Damage to rotor
surfaces (Journal
and gland areas)
Visual/NDT
No dent or damage
Repair for oil stone for minor defect.

Consult manufacturer if crack or
major defect reveled.
Thrust collar
Visual/NDT
No dent or damage
Repair or replace rotor if damage is

beyond repair.
Wear, damage and

cracks
Visual/NDT
No defects
Consult manufacture for advice

regarding for exchanging for new.
Specialist skills required.
6th stage blade

Visual/NDT
satellite strip erosion
and bonding
No excessive erosion
No loss of bond
Consult manufacture regarding

replacing new strips.
Blading and ring

Visual/NDT
erosion and damage
No excessive erosion
or damage
Consult manufacture for advise if

severe defects revealed.
Blading cracks
NDT
No cracks
Consult manufacture for advise if

cracks revealed.
Inter-stage gland
seal fin damage,
wear or cracks
Visual/NDT
No defects
Replace seal ring segments.

Mitsubishi
Inspection
Date
4-23
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
6
MM-M08
Rev.001
Description
Casing
Gland seal
Bearing
pedestal
Major Check Item
Check Method
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Internal erosion,
corrosion, damage or
excessive wear
Visual
No excessive erosion,
corrosion, damage to
wear
Consult manufacturer for advise

regarding repair procedure.
Damage or loss of
flatness of horizontal
joint face.
Visual
No defect
Consult manufacture for advise

Nozzle cracks
NDT
No crack
Exchange nozzle for new.
Crack, wear or damage Visual/NDT

to seal fins
No crack or damage
Straighten bend fins and refurbish

flattened fins. Replace seal ring
segment if beyond repair.
Gland seal fins to rotor Lead wire/Vernier

seal clearance
caliper
(top & bottom)

in Figure 4-1 and 4-2

within tolerance.
Radial bearing
clearance
Feeler gauge,
Lead wire

in Figure 4-1.

within tolerance.
Thrust bearing
clearance
DTI

in Figure 4-1.

within tolerance.
Condition of radial and Visual

thrust pads
No deep scoring,
wiping, cracks
Exchange for a new as a set.
White metal bond

radial and thrust pads
Visual/NDT
100% bond
Exchange for a new as a set.
Pad contact area
Engineers blue
75% contact area
Hand scrap
Oil seal ring pin
Lead wire and

Vernier caliper

in Figure 4-2 & Figure
4-3

within tolerance.

Mitsubishi
Remarks
Inspection
Date
Inspector
Results
4-24
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
8
Bearing pedestal
(continued)
SV AND GV
Major Check Item

Cage ring
indentation
Check
Method
Visual
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
No indentation
Repair or replace
Thrust pad support Visual

components
No wear or damage
Repair or replace
Base ring
indentation
No severe indentation
Investigate increased axial load and

fix
Body & cover

Visual
erosion, corrosion,
damage of
excessive area
Excessive erosion,
corrosion, damage or wear
Consult manufacturer for advise

Valve seat
damage or
excessive care
Visual
No damage of excessive
wear
Lap seat to restore seat
Valve seat crack
NDT
No crack
The manufacturer is to be consulted

for replacement procedure.
Valve wear or
damage
Visual
No damage or excessive
wear
Lap seating area or replace for new. Blue match seat to

achieve efficient seal.
Spindle or run out
Measurement 0.25mm
on V blocks
Fasteners
Visual/manual No excessive worn threads Replace fastener for new.

with free movements of nuts
on studs
Visual
Inspection
Date
Inspector
Results
Specialist skills required
Where beyond
restoration, manufacturer
is to be consulted for
replacement procedure.
Replace spindle for new.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Description

Mitsubishi
4-25
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
9
Description
SV AND GV
(continued)
Major Check Item Check Method

Diametrical
clearance
Measurement /
calculation
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Inspection
Date
Inspector
Results
LPSV (Refer to Figure 2-17 Replace bushing and other worn

components with new.
and 4-5)
Valve stem (12) to lower
stem bushing (14):
0.12-0.185mm
Valve stem (12) to upper
bushing (15):
0.12-0.185mm
Valve stem (12) to main
valve (2): 0.12-0.185mm
Valve stem (2) to main
valve (9): 0.025-0.35mm
Servomotor piston rod (21)
to bushing (26):
0.025-0.35mm
Servo piston rod (22) to
bush at cylinder bottom:
0.15-0.35mm
LPGV: (Refer to Figures
2-18 and 4-6)
Rev.001
Spindle (13) to upper and

lower bushing (17):
0.12-0.177mm
MM-M08
Piston rod (18) to bushing

(21): 0.018-0.21mm

Mitsubishi
4-26
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
9
Description
SV AND GV
(continued)
Major Check Item

Diametrical
clearances
Check Method
Measurement
calculation.

Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Inspection
Date
Inspector
Results
Cylindrical (22) to piston (19), Replace bushing and other worn

components with new.
0.08-0.202mm
Operating shaft (3) to DU
bushing (34): 0.05~0.185mm
Operating shaft (3) to support
bracket (4) axial clearance
0.25~0.38mm
Linkage pin (41a, 41b) to
bearing (39a, 39b) :
0.0~0.034mm
Turning device
Free movements of Manual

shaft in the bearings
of buddy box.
Free movements in bearing

with no excessive clearance.
Replace worn components for

new.
Wear or damage of
gears
Visual
No excessive wear or damage Replace gears for new as a set.
Gear teeth
Visual
Full contact pattern on gear

teeth.
Investigate and fix gear

misalignment and/or replace worn
gears.
SSS clutch free

movement
Manual
Free movement along helical

splines over entire travel.
Replace SSS clutch for new.
MM-M08
Rev.001
10

Mitsubishi
4-27
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
11
MM-M08
Rev.001
12
Description
Oil tank
Oil pumps
Major Check Item
Check Method

Check Reference
Bearing oil and HP

oil pressure control
valves setting
Installed
instrument
Deterioration of oil
Sample analysis Lubricant to specification
Replace oil
Foreign material in
drain sample
Visual
No foreign material in the

system
Assess source of material and

exchange responsible components
for new.
Filter elements
Visual
No damage to filter elements
Replace with new elements.
Return strainer
debris
Visual
No debris in return strainer.
Assess source of parts and

replace responsible parts with
new.
Pump case wear
Visual
No excessive wear.
Reduce wear or exchange pump

case for new.
End cover and rear

cover wear
Visual
No excessive wear.
Reduce minor wear or exchange

cover plates for new.
Gear wear
Visual
No excessive wear.
Reduce minor wear or replace

gears for new.
Bearings
Manual/visual
No roughness, binding, pitting Replace damaged bearing with

or flaking.
new.
Mechanical seal
leakage
Visual
No evidence of leakage.
Replace mechanical seal

components or entire assembly.
According to design pressure
Adjust relief valve
Pump relief valve set On test

pressure

Mitsubishi
Design operating pressure
Action to be Taken
Remarks
Inspection
Date
Inspector
Results
Readjust valve setting if found

disturbed.
Replace every 4 years

even in good condition.
4-28
Chapter 4
TABLE 4-2
No
12
13
Oil pumps
(continued)
Oil cooler
Vapor Extractor
Major Check Item
Check
Method
Check Reference
Action to be Taken
Coupling bushes
Visual
Not excessive worn or

compressed.
Replace coupling bushes with new.
Coupling bolts
Visual
No wear or damage.
Replace coupling bolts with new.
Dirty plates
Visual
No dirt
Clean with soft brush and /or flush with

clean water.
Cooling plate
Visual
erosion or damage
No excessive erosion.
Replace plate with new.
Gasket crack or
damaged
Visual
No crack or damage.
Replace plate with new.
Impeller and
casing damage or
wear
Visual
No damage or
excessive wear.
Replace worn components with new.
Impeller hub wear

or damage
Visual
No damage or
excessive wear.
Repair or replace.
Motor bearing
wear or damage
Manual
No roughness, binding Replace motor bearings.

or excessive clearance.
Remarks
Inspection
Date
Inspector
Results
MM-M08
Rev.001
14
Description

Mitsubishi
4-29
Chapter 4
TABLE"Y"
LIFTING/DOWN LEVEL BASED SEALING CLEARANCE TOLERANCE DETAIL
ON THE SETTING BORE
R,L
T
B
HP SIDE SETTING BORE
0.08 UP
LP SIDE SETTING BORE
OUTER GLAND (GOV SIDE)
CONCENTRIC
-
0.35
0.28
0.42
INNER GLAND (GOV SIDE)
0.40
0.34
0.46
+0.15
-0.05
2-C , 3-C
0.05 DOWN
0.35
0.30
0.58
4-C
0.05 DOWN
0.35
0.31
0.57
5-C
0.05 DOWN
0.35
0.31
0.57
6-C
0.05 DOWN
-
0.35
0.32
0.56
0.35
0.34
0.36
ROTOR
GLAND (PUMP SIDE)
LP CASING
HP CASING
D
C
+0.10
-0.05
K
GOV. SIDE
PUMP SIDE
GOV.SIDE INNER GLAND
GAP=(1.2) REF.
ZERO SPEED PICKUP
GAP=(1.2) REF.
ECCENTRICITY PICKUP
GAP=(1.2) REF.
VIBRATION PICKUP
0.0~0.64 (ON DIA)
PUMP SIDE GLAND

0.012~0.101 (TOTAL)
(27.5)
GAP=(1.2) REF.
VIBRATION PICKUP
0.0~0.08 (ON DIA)
GOV.SIDE OUTER GLAND
GAP=(1.5) REF.
SPEED PICKUP
0.012~0.101 (TOTAL)
SEE NOTES: 3
X2
C
L OF NO.1 BRG.
ROTATION
0.5~0.6
0.0
P
GAP=(1.2) REF.
PHASE DETECTOR PICKUP
GAP=(1.2) REF.
SHAFT POSITION PICKUP
ROTATION
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"

SEE TABLE "Y"
SEAL RING
SEE TABLE "Y"
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"
0.3~0.5
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"
0.30~0.45 (ON DIA)
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"
SEE NOTES: 3
X1
1R
1 (ON DIA)
2R
CL OF THRUST BRG.
3R
0.220~0.292 (ON DIA)
4R
O 305
SETTING BORE
5R
O 307
SETTING BORE
0.220~0.292 (ON DIA)
CL OF NO.2 BRG.
6R
ROTOR
3.18+-0.50
6.1+- 0.5
6.2+-0.5
DETAIL B
3.18+- 0.50
3.18+-0.50
(0.64)
3.18+- 0.50
(0.64)
MM-M08
Rev.001
12.7
DETAIL A
DETAIL C
3.18+-0.50
3.18+- 0.50
(0.64)
3.18+- 0.50
(0.64)
DETAIL D
MPTD-3-0816
FIGURE 4-1
Mitsubishi
3.18+-0.50
BFP-T CLEARANCE DIAGRAM (SHEET 1)
4-30
0.30~0.45 (ON DIA)
0.3~0.5
SEE TABLE "Y"
SEE TABLE "Y"

SEE TABLE "Y"
SEE TABLE "Y"
Chapter 4
0.3~0.5
2.5 +- 0.5
2.5 +- 0.5
15 +- 2
5R
6R
3.18+- 0.50
16 +- 2
1.5+- 0.5
4R
6C
5C
4C
(12.7)
3.18+- 0.50
4.2 +- 0.5
(0.64)
3.18 +- 0.50
64+- 2
57 +- 2
27+- 2
28+- 2
8+-2
3.1 +- 0.5
3.18 +-0.50
DETAIL G
DETAIL F
(0.64)
DETAIL E
(2)
(2)
(2)
NOTES:
1. AXIAL CLEARANCES AND SETTING.
a) SET ROTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH "K" DIMENSION.(DETAIL "N") THEN, ALL AXIAL
CLEARANCES ARE AS SHOWN IN THIS DRAWING.
b) AFTER SETTING ROTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH "K" DIMENSION, INSTALL ROTOR
POSITION PICKUP.
+0.25
0
+0.25
0
2.46
2.54
B
DETAIL J
+0.25
0
+0.25
0
3.04
2.50
R,L
+0.25
0
2.96
(33.4)
DETAIL H
+0.25
0
R,L
3.00
+0.25
0
6.03
(27)
+0.25
0
5.97
T
+0.25
0
R,L
6.00
2. RADIAL CLEARANCES AS GIVEN ON THIS DRAWING ARE IN CASE OF SETTING

ROTOR. TABLE "Y" SHOWS THE INTERRELATION WITH THE SETTING BOA.
3. RECORD THE FOLLOWINGS AND TRANSMIT TO STEAM TURBINE DESIGNING
SECTION A.
a) DIMENSION
"X1" -- FROM THE GLAND END FACE TO THE ROTOR (GOV. SIDE) (4.5mm IS THE DESIGN.)
(27.3)
DETAIL K
(0.8)
c
6.2+-0.2
(2)
(0.8)
6.2+- 0.2
(0.8)
PHASE DETECTOR PICKUP
ZERO SPEED PICKUP
SPEED PICKUP
SPEED PICKUP
2R
3R
+- 2
+- 2
+- 2
1.5
10.0
11.2
11.2
1.5
10.0
11.2
11.2
+0.10
-0.05
+0.10
-0.05
+0.10
-0.05
0.80
0.74
0.86
8+-2
R,L
+0.10
-0.05
0.85
+0.10
-0.05
0.75
T
0.80
Rev.001
R,L
+0.10
-0.05
MM-M08
1) CYLINDER COVER OFF.

REMOVE ALL STATIONARY PARTS ABOVE HORIZONTAL JOINT AND OUTER GLANDS.
a. MEASUREMENT OF THE TOTAL ROTOR TRAVEL FROM THE "K" POSITION TO THE
LIMIT OF PUMP END TRAVEL.
(3.18 +- 0.50mm [FIN THICKNESS IS CONSIDERED] IS THE DESIGNED AMOUNT
OF TRAVEL.) FORE GLAND PARTS. DETAIL D & E.
b. MEASUREMENT OF THE TOTAL ROTOR TRAVEL FROM THE "K" POSITION TO THE
LIMIT OF GOVERNOR END TRAVEL.
(1.5 +- 0.2mm IS THE DESIGNED AMOUNT OF TRAVEL.)
1ST STAGE ROTATING BLADE PARTS. DETAIL N.
2ND ~ 4TH STAGE DIAPHRAGM PARTS. DETAIL G, M.
2) CYLINDER COVER ON
AFTER ASSEMBLING TURBINE COMPLETELY,
MEASURE THE SAME ITEM 3.b.1)
(0.8)
b) ROTOR COLD TRAVEL

TO MOVE ROTOR , BY HAND.
MEASURE BY FINGER PIECE.
1.5+- 0.2
1.5+- 0.2
HORIZONTAL LINE
K= 6.0+-0.2
TARGET +- 0.0
+- 2
P-P
DETAIL N
4. AFTER ASSEMBLING COMPLETELY

PUSH THE ROTOR TOWARD TURBINE END SIDE UNTIL ROTOR TOUCHES
THRUST COLLAR AND MEASURE ROTOR TRAVEL BY FINGER PIECE.
5. GENERAL
a) THE ROTOR GUIDES SHALL BE SET THE LOCATION WHERE ROTOR IS
SET TO "K" POSITION.
b) THRUST BEARING CLEARANCE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY
APPLYING A FORCE IN THRUST DIRECTION AS EQUIVARENT AS
0.173MPa (1.76kg/cm2 ) OF BEARING AREA.
6. RADIAL SETTINGS OF ROTOR
THE FOLLOWING SETTINGS ARE RELATIVE TO GLAND BORES.
GOV. SIDE...0.08 HIGH (VERTICAL), ACTUALLY SET No.1 PEDESTAL 0.08 TO THE LOW.
CONCENTRIC (HORIZONTAL)
PUMP SIDE...CONCENTRIC (VERTICAL),
CONCENTRIC (HORIZONTAL)
DETAIL M
MPTD-3-0817
FIGURE 4-2
Mitsubishi
BFP-T CLEARANCE DIAGRAM (SHEET 2)
4-31
Chapter 4
0.012 ~ 0.101
(TOTAL)
PEDESTAL COVER
(BEARING KEEP)
0.00
THRUST PAD
PEDESTAL COVER
(BEARING KEEP)
0.5 ~ 0.6
0.0 ~ 0.08
(ON DIA.)
ROTOR
THRUST PAD
THRUST
BEARING
ROTOR
0.30 ~ 0.45
(ON DIA.)
THRUST BEARING
OIL SEAL RING
ROTOR
1.0
(CLEAR ON RADIAL)
0.220~ 0.292
(ON DIA.)
BEARING
HOUSING
RADIAL PAD
OIL SEAL RING

ROTOR
MPTD-3-0872
MM-M08
Rev.001
ROTOR
FIGURE 4-3
Mitsubishi
GOV. END BEARING PEDESTAL CLEARANCE
DIAGRAM
4-32
Chapter 4
BEARING KEEP
BEARING HOUSING
0.012~ 0.101
(TOTAL)
END PLATE
0.0~ 0.064
(ON DIA.)
.0220 ~ 0.292
(ON DIA.)
BEARING PAD
ROTOR
0.30 ~ 0.45
(ON DIA.)
OIL SEAL RING
ROTOR
MPTD-3-0873
MM-M08
Rev.001
FIGURE 4-4
Mitsubishi
PUMP END BEARING PEDESTAL CLEARANCE
DIAGRAM
4-33
Chapter 4
0.02 ~ 0.05
12.5 +- 1
0.25 ~ 0.35
0.12 ~ 0.185
0.12 ~ 0.185
1.5
0.5 +- 0.4
0.307 ~ 0.63
115
0.12 ~ 0.185
1.0
MM-M08
Rev.001
1.0
0.025~ 0.075
0.15~ 0.35
MPTD-3-0874
FIGURE 4-5
Mitsubishi
LPSV CLEARANCE DIAGRAM
4-34
1.6 ~ 2.4
0.25 ~ 38
0.08 ~ 0.13
0 ~ 0.34
0.08 ~ 0.202
0.05 ~ 0.185
0.025 ~ 0.127
Chapter 4
0.12 ~ 0.177
0.3~ 0.9
MM-M08
Rev.001
#1
#2
#4
#6
#3
115
0.12 ~ 0.177
0.25 ~ 0.40
#5
0.08~ 0.21
MPTD-3-0875
FIGURE 4-6
Mitsubishi
LPGV CLEARANCE DIAGRAM
4-35
Chapter 5
C h a p t er
5 Disassembly and Reassembly

Disassembly and reassembly are the activities to be conducted when internal parts of
the equipment are required to be accessed. An important part of the activities is the
preparatory work. This should identify the manpower, spares and tools that may be
required during the maintenance work. A shortfall of any of these may affect the
schedule and the operational status of the plant. The major steps associated with
disassemblies and reassemblies are as follows:
5.1
Disassembly and Reassembly of BFP-T

a)
Preparation
MM-M08
Rev.001
If BFP-T cylinder disassembly becomes necessary, all associated

equipment is to be mechanically and electrically isolated and an
authorized clearance and work permit is to be in place prior to the
commencement of work. The following points are also to be considered
when preparing for disassembly and reassembly:
Have all necessary drawings (assembly drawings, sectional drawings,

part details, etc.) and documents (log sheets, field record book, etc)
ready prior to start of work.
Prepare the necessary handling facilities to remove and store the

various parts of the equipment.
Co-ordinate with the Instrument and Control (I&C) Department to

remove all the attached instrumentation such as vibration monitors
and thermocouples before starting disassembly work.
Confirm that the BFP-T is isolated and a permit to work is available

before commencing work.
When lifting heavy components, use a crane, chain block or other

appropriate lifting equipment. Also ensure that the safe working load
(SWL) of wire slings, shackles, eyebolts and lifting gear being used is
adequate for the load being lifted.
When using a crane, chain block, etc the center of gravity of the item
being lifted should be considered and the lift should be well balanced
and level.
Prepare a suitable lay-down area.
Special tools are listed in Appendix C.

Mitsubishi
5-1
Chapter 5
b)
Disassembly
Do not stand below the lifted turbine parts. There can be

danger of an accident due to components falling down.
Ensure that the unit is completely depressurized and isolated

CAUTION
Spigot joints between the turbine stationary components
could bind due to scale formation during operation under the
high temperature environment.
CAUTION
The binding mentioned above may require additional jacking
or crane load which could exceed the dead weight of the
concerned components as the components are separated or
lifted apart. This could cause surface damage such as seizure,
galling or scoring. Take due care and initiate any special
measures necessary when separating or lifting equipment and
binding is apparent or suspected.
CAUTION
MM-M08
Rev.001
Any surface irregularity or damage caused by the reasons

described above must be ground off smoothly, or
reconditioned by build-up welding and facing to reinstate the
original surface finish and clearance if any between mating
parts.

Mitsubishi
5-2
Chapter 5
CAUTION
Personnel working on the turbine should not carry any loose
items in the pockets and should take special care not to drop
tools or debris into the turbine.
CAUTION
Wear proper goggles and face masks when working on the
insulation. Insulation material is harmful to the respiratory
system.
Note
To facilitate reassembly match mark components prior to
removal.
Removal of BFP-T Upper Casing

Note
MM-M08
Rev.001
The vertical joint between the cylinder and exhaust casing

is finalized during assembly. The assembled lower casing
normally remains intact and the upper casing is lifted as a
single item.
1
Remove the BFP-T enclosure and disassemble the coupling between

the BFP-T and the BFP. Refer to Figure 5-1 for details of enclosure
disassembly details and Appendix G-5 for diaphragm coupling details.
Have sufficient thermal insulation removed to provide full access to

the casing horizontal joint studs and nuts.
Remove the BFP-T exhaust pipe expansion bellow as detailed in

Figure 5-2.
Remove the BFP-T exhaust reducer as detailed in Figure 5-3.
Remove the LPSV as detailed in Figure 5-3 and as per the procedure
described in Section 5.2.
Have I&C personnel remove all I&C equipment attached to the LPGV
servomotor.

Mitsubishi
5-3
Chapter 5
With reference to Figure 5-7, mark all casing horizontal joint bolts with
their designation letter and position number.
Starting at the Pump End loosen and remove the nuts from the stud
bolts which do not have the bolt heater facility 51 11.
Note
Start removal of casing bolts with highest number first.
9
Insert bolt heaters into the holes provided in studs 10 3 and connect
them to the specified electrical supply.
Bolt heaters are electrical devices capable of causing

personal injury or death if not properly used.
10 Apply a spanner occasionally to the nut and attempt to loosen by

hand pressure only. On detecting that the nut has become loose,
loosen the nut by turn.
11 Heat and remove the reamer bolt 2.
12 Loosen and remove the bolt 1.
13 Install the casing guide pillars (supplied as Special Tools) in the upper
casing. Refer to Figure 5-6 for details of guide pillar arrangement.
Apply a little general purpose grease to the entire length of the guide
pillars.
14 Suspend the appropriate lifting equipment from the overhead crane.
Refer to Figure 5-5 for details of the lifting gear arrangement.
15 Attach slings to the upper casing lifting lugs provided and adjust the
slings to bring the hook above the center of gravity.
16 Ensure that the crane hook is located over the center of gravity of the
cover and inch-hoist the crane until the slings are tight.
MM-M08
Rev.001
17 Apply a high quality lubricant (Molycote or similar) to the jacking

screws and install them into the threaded holes provided in the upper
casing.
18 Uniformly rotate the jacking screws to raise and separate the upper
casing from the lower casing. Simultaneously apply tension the wire
slings with the crane.
19 Make a trial lift and adjust the lift so that the upper casing horizontal
joint is parallel to the lower casing horizontal joint.

Mitsubishi
5-4
Chapter 5
20 Evenly raise the upper casing in small increments until the upper
casing is clear of the stud bolts.
CAUTION
Visually follow the motion of the upper casing while the crane
is hoisting. Do not overload the wire rope slings.
21 Reposition the crane to correct any minor differences. Major errors or

snagging on the guide pillars are to be corrected immediately on
notice.
CAUTION
Slow and careful removal of the casing must be performed to
avoid damage. Stop the lift immediately if snagging occurs
and continue only when the cause has been found and
eliminated.
22 Lift the upper casing clear of the blading and transport it to the
lay-down area.
23 Remove the casing guide pillars and cover the exposed areas of the
lower casing and the rotor with dust-free sheets.
24 Rest the upper casing on timber blocks, arranged on the floor, such
that the horizontal joint face is up.
25 Cover the exposed areas of the upper casing with dust-free sheets.
26 Identify the slings, Gov End, Pump End, RS and LS. Measure and
record the distance between the ends of the turnbuckle threads.
Note
This is to simplify rigging when replacing the upper casing.
Removal of BFP-T Rotor

1
Prepare and position the rotor cradle in the lay-down area.
Before attempting to remove the rotor, remove other

equipment such as bearing pedestal covers to obtain
access to the bearings and the couplings.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Note

Mitsubishi
5-5
Chapter 5
Arrange for all instruments to be removed, checked and calibrated if

necessary.
Remove the securing bolts and then remove the manual trip device
assembly from the Gov End bearing pedestal. Ensure that the O-rings
which seal the oil supply ports are recovered.
Remove the covers from the Gov End and Pump End bearing
pedestals following the procedure described in Sections 5.4 and 5.5.
Disassemble and remove the diaphragm coupling between the BFP-T

and BFP rotors. Refer to Appendix G-5 for details of the coupling.
Disassemble and remove the upper halves of the thrust and radial
bearings from the Gov End and Pump End bearing pedestals as per
the procedure described in Sections 5.4 and 5.5.
Refer to Figure 2-9, remove the horizontal joint bolts and then remove
the upper half diaphragms from the lower half diaphragms for Stages
2~6. Recover the keys from the lower half diaphragm horizontal joint.
Measure and record the radial and axial clearances at the horizontal
joint area between casing and rotor prior to the removal of rotor. Refer
to Figures 4-1 and 4-2 for details of clearances.
Install the rotor guide pillars (supplied as Special Tools) on the lower
casing. Refer to Figure 5-6 for details of guide pillar arrangement.
10 With reference to Figure 5-5, suspend the lifting beam from the crane
hook and adjust the crane to bring the hook over the rotor center of
gravity.
11 Pass the rotor lifting slings beneath the shaft in the areas between the
bearing oil seal rings and the glands and attach them to the lifting
beam.
12 Move the crane slowly until a journal is detected to have been lifted
from its bearing.
13 Lower the rotor and readjust the chain block and ensure that both the
journals are lifted from their bearings simultaneously.
14 At the slowest crane speed, lift the rotor in small increments and
ensure that binding does not occur.
MM-M08
Rev.001
CAUTION
Slow and careful removal of the rotor must be performed to
avoid damage. Stop the lift immediately if snagging occurs
and continue only when the cause has been found and
eliminated.
Mitsubishi
5-6
Chapter 5
15 Lift the rotor clear of the lower casing and transport it to the lay-down
area.
16 Protect the bearing journals by wrapping them with felt or a similar
type soft material and support the rotor on the rotor cradle.
CAUTION
Ensure that the openings exposed by the rotor removal are
covered to prevent the entry of foreign material into the
cylinder base.
17 On removal of the rotor, cover the exposed areas of the lower casing
with dust protective sheets.
Removal of Gland Seals

1
Uncover the upper casing (11) in the area of the Gov End gland.
Starting with the outboard gland seal ring, stretch the spring (6) from
the side at which the segment anti-rotation pin (7) is located, until the
spring retaining pin (5) can be removed from its slot in the upper
casing.
Remove the spring (6) and the remaining spring retaining pin (5) from
the opposite side.
Remove the anti-rotation pin (7) and then slide and remove the gland
seal ring segments (1) from the groove in the upper casing (11).
Identify the segment, spring and pins and the position from which they
were removed and store them in a box or carton.
Repeat the procedure to remove the remaining seal ring segments

from the upper casing.
Repeat the same procedure to remove the gland seal ring segments
from the lower casing (9).
Note
The lower half gland seal ring segments do not have any
segment retaining pin.
Similarly remove the gland seal ring segments from the lower and
upper casings at the Pump End.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
5-7
Chapter 5
Removal of Lower Half Diaphragms

1
Uncover the lower casing to enable removal of lower half diaphragm.
Install eye bolts into the threaded holes in the lower half diaphragm
horizontal joint face and connect appropriate lifting equipment such as
chain block from the crane.
Remove the hexagonal socket head bolts (8) and then remove the
support keys (7) from the lower casing keyway.
Store in plastic bags marked with the location from which they were
removed.
CAUTION
The lower half diaphragms may stick in their slots in the
cylinder base and cover. Ensure that a chain block of a
capacity not greater than the eye bolts is used to lift the
diaphragm clear of their slots before hoisting the crane.
5
Slowly raise the lifting equipment and ease the lower half diaphragm
from the lower casing.
Hoist the lower half diaphragm until it stands clear of the horizontal
joint, transport it to the lay-down area and place it on timber blocks
arranged on the floor.
Identify the diaphragm to the position from which it was removed.
Using a similar procedure, remove the lower half diaphragms from

Stages 3~6.
Cover the exposed areas of the lower casing with dust protective
sheets.
Removal of Diaphragm Glands
MM-M08
Rev.001

1
Stretch the spring (15) from one side of the 2nd stage upper half
diaphragm (3), until the spring retaining pin (14) can be removed from
its slot in the inner ring (20).
Remove the spring (15) and the remaining spring retaining pin (14)
from the opposite side.
Remove the anti-rotation pin (16) and slide the gland seal ring
segments (10) from the groove in the upper half diaphragm (3).

Mitsubishi
5-8
Chapter 5
Repeat the same procedure to remove the seal ring segments (10),
spring (15) and spring retaining pins (14) from the 2nd stage lower half
diaphragm.
Identify the segments, spring and pins and the position from which
they were removed and store them in a box or carton.
Note
The lower half gland seal ring segments are not provided
with any anti-rotation pin.
6
c)
Similarly remove the gland seal ring segments from the 3rd ~ 6th stage
diaphragms.
Reassembly
The reassembly procedure is carried out in the reverse sequence to that
for disassembly. Install all parts in the same positions they were removed
from, referring to the match marks and checking that the clearances are
maintained as specified in Figures 4-1 and 4-2.
All components and contact surfaces are to be thoroughly cleaned prior to
reassembly. The reassembly procedure is described below:
At each stage of assembly, confirm that no foreign objects

remain in the cylinder catastrophic failure of the turbine could
result from the presence of foreign objects during normal
operation.
Reassembly of Diaphragm Glands
MM-M08
Rev.001

1
Identify the box or carton containing the removed diaphragm seal ring
segments (10), springs (15), spring retaining pins (14) and
anti-rotation pins (16) for the 2nd stage diaphragm.
Insert one seal ring segment (10) into the T groove in the bore of the
inner ring (20) for the 2nd stage upper half diaphragm (3).
Insert a retaining pin (14) into the hook at one end of the spring (15).
Insert the free end of the spring into the T groove and install the
retaining pin (14) into the slot provided on the inner ring (20).
Hold the free end of the spring (15) and tension the spring sufficiently
such that the other retaining pin (14) can be installed at the opposite
side of the inner ring.

Mitsubishi
5-9
Chapter 5
Insert and slide the second seal ring segment into the T groove until
the segments are correctly located.
Adjust the segments in the diaphragm groove to align the holes for
the anti-rotation pin and then install the anti-rotation pin (16).
Following a similar procedure, install the seal ring segments in the 2nd
stage lower half diaphragm.
Repeat the above procedure to assemble the diaphragm glands for

Stages 3~6.
Installation of Lower Half Diaphragms

1
Uncover the turbine lower casing (2) for installation of the lower half
diaphragms (4).
Install eye bolts into the eye-bolt holes provided in the horizontal joint
surface of the 2nd stage lower half diaphragm.
Connect suitable lifting equipment to the eye bolts in the lower half
diaphragm.
Make a trial lift and adjust to achieve a level lift.
Check and ensure that the centering key (9) is correctly secured to
the lower half turbine casing (2).
Lubricate all mating areas of the support keys (7) in the lower half
diaphragm and the lower half turbine casing.
Transport the lower half diaphragm from the lay-down area and align
it above the lower casing.
Slowly and carefully lower the lower half diaphragm into the lower half
turbine casing, taking care to engage the diaphragm correctly into the
diaphragm slot in the turbine casing.
Insert the support keys (7) into the key slots on the lower half
diaphragm periphery when the support key slots reaches near the
horizontal joint face.
Rev.001
11 Replace the hexagonal socket head bolts (8) and secure the support
keys (7) to the lower casing.
MM-M08
10 Lower the diaphragm further until the support keys rest on the lower
casing. Ensure that the centering key (9) is correctly located in the
hole at the bottom of the lower casing.
12 Remove the lifting equipment and remove the eyebolts.

Mitsubishi
5-10
Chapter 5
13 Following a similar procedure install the lower half diaphragms for

Stages 3~6.
Installation of Gland Seals

1
Identify the box or carton containing the removed gland seal ring
segments (1), springs (6), spring retaining pins (5) and segment
retaining anti-rotation pins (7) for the Pump End gland.
Insert one seal ring segment (1) into the first row of T groove in the
turbine upper casing (11) at the Pump End.
Insert a spring retaining pin (5) into the hook at one end of the spring
(6). Insert the free end of the spring into the T groove and install the
spring retaining pin (5) into the slot provided on the upper casing
horizontal joint surface.
Hold the free end of the spring (6) and tension the spring sufficiently
such that the other retaining pin (5) can be installed at the opposite
side of the turbine upper casing.
Insert and slide the second seal ring segment into the T groove until
the segments are correctly located.
Install the segment retaining anti-rotation pin (7).
Following a similar procedure, install the seal ring segments in the

turbine lower casing (9).
Note
The gland seal ring segments in the turbine lower casing
are not provided with any segment retaining pin.
8
Repeat the above procedure to assemble the gland seals in the

remaining two rows at the Pump End.
Using a similar procedure, install the lower and upper half gland seals
at the Gov End of the turbine lower and upper casings.
Installation of Turbine Rotor
Ensure that all lower half turbine components including the thrust
and radial bearings have been correctly installed in the turbine
lower casing.
MM-M08
Rev.001
CAUTION

Mitsubishi
5-11
Chapter 5
Visually inspect the turbine lower casing to make sure that it is clean
and free of foreign objects before rotor installation.
Install the rotor guide pillars on the lower casing as indicated in Figure
5-6.
Note
The guide pillars may not have been removed.
3
Install the lifting gear to the rotor as shown in Figure 5-5.
Make a trial lift.
Adjust the slings from the center of the lifting beam and the chain
block to achieve a level lift.
Transport the rotor to the turbine lower casing and align it with the
rotor guides.
Remove any remaining protective coverings and lubricate the rotor

journal areas.
Position an engineers spirit level upon the rotor journal to confirm a

level lift.
CAUTION
Care must be taken when installing the rotor to ensure that the
blading and journal areas are not damaged. The turbine rotor
is a sensitive component with numerous tight axial and radial
clearances which must remain intact for correct operation.
Damaging the rotor can cause serious delays in turbine
assembly if additional repairs are necessary.
9
Lower the rotor slowly into the rotor guide pillars while constantly
watching the rotor level.
10 Stop lowering at any change in rotor inclination to determine and

eliminate the cause.
11 Smear the rotor journals with engineers blue marking.
MM-M08
Rev.001
12 Continue to lower the rotor until the rotor is supported in the bearings.
13 Slacken the wire ropes and rotate the rotor one turn and raise the
rotor.
14 Check that the blue marking on the radial pads covers not less than
75% of the bearing surfaces.

Mitsubishi
5-12
Chapter 5
15 Raise the rotor again, clean the blue marking on the rotor and bearing
pads and then apply clean lubricating oil onto the bearing surfaces.
16 Lower the rotor slowly until it is supported in the bearings.
17 Remove the rotor guide pillars and the rotor lifting gear arrangement.
18 Rotate the rotor slowly to confirm free rotation without rubbing.
CAUTION
The rotor must always be rotated in the normal direction of
rotation. If any binding or noise is felt or heard while rotating
the rotor, stop, determine and correct the cause of the noise
and/or binding.
19 Measure the axial and radial clearances between the rotor and the
cylinder at the RS and LS of the lower casing. For details of axial and
radial clearances, refer to Section 4.3.2.c).
Installation of Upper Half Diaphragms

1
Install eye bolts in the eye-bolt holes provided in the 2nd stage upper
half diaphragm.
Connect suitable lifting equipment to the eye bolts in the upper half
diaphragm.
Make a trial lift and adjust to achieve a level lift.
Transport the upper half diaphragm to the turbine casing and align it
above the 2nd stage lower half diaphragm.
Slowly lower the upper half diaphragm on the lower half diaphragm
until the horizontal joint is closed.
CAUTION
MM-M08
Rev.001
Care must be taken when installing the upper half diaphragm

to ensure that the turbine blading are not damaged. The
blading are installed with tight axial clearances which must
remain intact for correct operation. Damages to the blading
can cause serious delays in turbine assembly if additional
repairs are necessary.
6
Install and tighten the horizontal joint bolts (17).
Disconnect the lifting equipment and remove the eyebolts.

Mitsubishi
5-13
Chapter 5
Using a similar procedure install the upper half diaphragms for Stages
3~6.
Rotate the rotor to ensure freedom of rotor movement.
Installation of Upper Casing
It is essential that no foreign objects remain within the turbine

cylinder. Catastrophic failure of the machine could result.

1
Visually inspect the turbine lower casing (5) for foreign material prior
to installing the upper casing (4), and record the result.
Ensure that the gland seal rings (21) are installed correctly in the
turbine upper casing.
With reference to Figure 5-5, connect the lifting equipment to the

upper casing.
Make a trial lift and adjust to obtain a level lift.
Transport the upper casing to the turbine area and position it above
the lower casing.
Lubricate the horizontal joint bolts and the horizontal joint surfaces
with Molykote.
Adjust the chain block of the lifting gear so that the upper casing
horizontal joint is parallel to the lower casing horizontal joint.
Lubricate the jacking screws and insert them fully through their
threads in the upper casing horizontal joint, until they protrude 10 mm.
With reference to Figure 5-6, install the casing guide pillars into the
cylinder base.
10 Accurately position the upper casing above the lower casing.
12 Continue lowering the upper casing until the casing is supported on

the jacking screws.
MM-M08
Rev.001
11 Slowly and carefully lower the upper casing lower until the casing
guide pillars are engaged.

Mitsubishi
5-14
Chapter 5
CAUTION
Stop lowering of the casing if snagging occurs and continue
only when the cause has been identified and eliminated.
13 Simultaneously and evenly loosen the jacking screws until the
horizontal joint is closed.
Note
If the top and bottom radial blade clearances and gland
seal clearances are to be checked perform this activity at
this time. Refer to Appendix G for vertical clearance
measurement procedure.
14 Remove the lifting gear, the jacking screws and the guide pillars.
15 Lubricate and hand-tighten the nuts onto the horizontal joint studs in
the lower casing.
16 With reference to Figure 5-7, tighten all nuts in a numerical sequence
starting at numbers 1 to 51 to the first torque values specified.
Bolt heaters are electrical devices capable of causing personal

injury or death if improperly used.
17 Insert bolt heaters into the stud bolts with heating facility and connect
them to the electrical supply.
18 Heat the reamer bolts 2 at the LS and RS and tighten the nuts to the
bolt stretch values specified in Figure 5-7.
19 Heat the bolts 3 to 10 and tighten the nuts to the bolt stretch values
specified in Figure 5-7.
20 Tighten the nuts 11 to 19 to the specified torque or nut turn angle
values specified in Figure 5-7.
21 Tighten the nuts 21 to 51 to the torque values specified in Figure 5-7.
MM-M08
Rev.001
22 Slowly rotate the rotor to ensure that it turns freely without rubbing.
23 Install the upper half bearings as detailed in Sections 5.4 and 5.5.
24 Install the LPGV and LPSV as detailed in Sections 5.2 and 5.3.

Mitsubishi
5-15
Chapter 5
25 Ensure that the removed thermal insulation is restored to its original

condition.
26 Replace the BFP-T enclosure with reference to Figure 5-1.
27 Replace the exhaust reducer and the exhaust pipe expansion bellow
as detailed in Figures 5-2 and 5-3.
28 Replace the removed LPSV as detailed in Figure 5-3.
29 Have I&C personnel reconnect all I&C equipment removed during
disassembly.
MM-M08
Rev.001
30 Perform an alignment check and reconnect the diaphragm coupling

as per the procedure specified in Appendix G5.

Mitsubishi
5-16
Chapter 5
16
13
15
16
NOTE:
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
DISASSEMBLY PANEL IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER:
NO.13 12 8 6 4 9 1 7 5 2 3 10 11
"A"
12
8
1
7
11
ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLING STATE
15
14
14
10
15
2
DETAIL "A"
DETAIL "B"
3
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
PANEL No.1
PANEL No.2
PANEL No.3
PANEL No.4
PANEL No.5
PANEL No.6
PANEL No.7
PANEL No.8
PANEL No.9
PANEL No.10
PANEL No.11
PANEL No.12
PANEL No.13
RUBBER PACKING
BOLT, WASHER
PLUG
16
5
15
DETAIL "H"
14
14
14
16
15
15
15
DETAIL "C"
DETAIL "D"
DETAIL "G"
DETAIL "F"
DETAIL "J"
DETAIL "E"
MM-M08
Rev.001
15
FIGURE 5-1
Mitsubishi
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES OF BFPT ENCLOSURE
5-17
Chapter 5
9000
BFPT 3A OIL UNIT 3A
10000
9
10000
EXPANSION BELLOW
(8.5 ton)
OIL UNIT 3B BFPT 3B
T-BFP 3B
T-BFP
BP 3B
450x175x13/26
4600
T-BFP 3A
CRANE BEAM
4100
T-BFP
BP 3A
4900
450x175x13/26
N
PLANT
NORTH
EXPANSION BELLOW
(8.5 ton)
9000
E
TRURTH N
NO
10000
12000
4
12000
2500
PLAN VIEW
NOTES :
T-BFP & BFP TURBINE
MAINTENANCE CRANE
(15 ton)
1. OVERHAUL PROCEDURE
EXPANSION BELLOW
Rev.001
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0821
3. PARTS WEIGHT
BFPT 3A
FL-900
1800
min.
T-BFP 3A
1915
3200 1915
T-BFP
BP 3A
3) MOVE THE CARRIER FROM POSITION

A3 TO A4 .
2. OVERHAUL BY THIS DRAWING MAKES
BFP-T(A) AND BFP-T(B) SYMMETRICAL.
EXPANSION BELLOW
FL+2400
FL+2400
CARRIER
(SUPPLIED BY
OWNER)
EXPANSION BELLOW
(8.5 ton)
3200
min.
EXPANSION BELLOW
(8.5 ton)
1800
FL+11000
450x175x13/26
BFPT 3B
OIL UNIT 3A
T-BFP 3B
OIL UNIT 3B
T-BFP
BP 3B
: 8.5 ton
CARRIER
(SUPPLIED BY
OWNER)
SECTION A - A
FIGURE 5-2

Mitsubishi
1) MOVE THE EXPANSION BELLOW FROM

THE POSITION A1 TO A2 AND TURN IT.
2) PUT DOWN THE EXPANSION BELLOW
ON THE CARRIER FROM THE POSITION
A2 TO A3 .
REMOVAL PROCEDURE FOR EXPANSION BELLOW
5-18
Chapter 5
9000
OIL UNIT 3A
10000
9
10000
EXHAUST REDUCER
(4.2 ton)
OIL UNIT 3B
T-BFP
BP 3B
BFPT 3A
450x175x13/26
4600
T-BFP 3B
BFPT 3B
CRANE BEAM
4100
T-BFP 3A
4900
450x175x13/26
T-BFP
BP 3A
N
PLANT
NORTH
MAIN STOP VALVE

(2 ton)
9000
E
TRURTH N
NO
10000
12000
4
12000
2500
D
B
B
NOTES :
PLAN VIEW
EXHAUST PIPE REDUCER

1) REMOVE THE ENCLOSURE.
2) LIFT UP THE EXHAUST PIPE REDUCER
FROM THE POSITION B1 TO B2
WITH BFP-T CRANE.
T-BFP & BFP TURBINE

MAINTENANCE CRANE
(15 ton)
min.
1800
min.
MAIN STOP VALVE

(2 ton)
1800
FL+11000
450x175x13/26
EXHAUST REDUCER
(4.2 ton)
3) MOVE THE EXHAUST PIPE REDUCER

FROM THE POSITION B2 TO B3
AND TURN IT.
4) PUT DOWN THE EXHAUST PIPE REDUCER
ON THE CARRIER FROM THE POSITION
B3 TO B4 .
B4 TO B5 .
MAIN STOP VALVE
1) LIFT UP THE MAIN STOP VALVE FROM THE
POSITION C1 TO C2 WITH BFP-T CRANE.
2) MOVE THE MAIN STOP VALVE FROM THE
POSITION C2 TO C3 .
FL+2400
FL+2400
C5
CARRIER
(SUPPLIED BY
OWNER)
3) PUT DOWN THE MAIN STOP VALVE ON THE

CARRIER FROM THE POSITION C3 TO C4 .
C4
CARRIER
(SUPPLIED BY
OWNER)
T-BFP
BP 3A
T-BFP 3A
BFPT 3A
FL-900
BFPT 3B
OIL UNIT 3A
T-BFP 3B
OIL UNIT 3B
T-BFP
BP 3B
4) MOVE THE MAIN STOP VALVE FROM THE

POSITION C4 TO C5 .
CARRIER
(SUPPLIED BY
OWNER)

3. PARTS WEIGHT
MPTD-3-0820
MM-M08
Rev.001
EXHAUST PIPE REDUCER : 4.2 ton
SECTION B - B
FIGURE 5-3

Mitsubishi
REMOVAL PROCEDURE FOR EXHAUST REDUCER AND LP STOP VALVE
5-19
Chapter 5
OIL UNIT 3B
10000
BFP-T UPPER CASING

(12.1 ton)
D1 D2
450x175x13/26
BFPT 3A BFPT 3A
BFPT 3A BFPT 3A
T-BFP 3A
4900
T-BFP
BP 3B
450x175x13/26
4600
T-BFP 3A
4100
T-BFP
BP 3A
N
PLANT
NORTH
OIL UNIT 3A
10000
250
4500
9000
E2 E3
BFP-T ROTOR
(5.4 ton)
9000
E
TRURTH N
NO
10000
12000
4
12000
2500
D
C
C
NOTES :
PLAN VIEW
BFP-T UPPER CASING

1) LIFT UP THE UPPER CASING FROM THE
POSITION D1 TO D2 WITH BFP-T CRANE.
2) MOVE THE UPPER CASING FROM THE
T-BFP & BFP TURBINE

MAINTENANCE CRANE
(15 ton)
min.
SPECIAL JIG
(SUPPLIED BY
MHI)
1800
min.
1800
FL+11000
450x175x13/26
FW Pipe
BFP-T UPPER CASING

(12.1 ton)
POSITION D1 TO D3 .
3) MOVE DOWN THE UPPER CASING ON THE
FROM THE POSITION D3 TO D4 AND FROM
D4 TO D5 .
4) PUT DOWN THE UPPER CASING FROM THE
POSITION D5 TO D6 ON THE CARRIER.
D6 TO D7 .
BFP-T ROTOR
1) REMOVE THE COUPLING E1 .
2) LIFT UP THE ROTOR FROM THE POSITION
E2 TO E3 WITH BFP-T CRANE.
3) MOVE THE ROTOR FROM THE
BFP-T ROTOR
(5.4 ton)
POSITION E3 TO E4 AND TURN IT.
FL+2400
FL+2400
4) PUT DOWN THE ROTOR ON THE CARRIER

FROM POSITION E4 TO E5 .
CARRIER
CARRIER
(SUPPLIED BY (SUPPLIED BY
OWNER)
OWNER)
T-BFP
BP 3A
T-BFP 3A
BFPT 3A
FL-900
BFPT 3B
OIL UNIT 3A
T-BFP 3B
OIL UNIT 3B
T-BFP
BP 3B

CARRIER
(SUPPLIED BY
OWNER)
3. PARTS WEIGHT
Rev.001
BFP-T UPPER CASING

: 12.1 ton
(INCLUDING UPPPER CASING,
DIAPHRAGM & INSULATION)
ROTOR
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0821
SECTION C - C
FIGURE 5-4

Mitsubishi
: 4.50 ton
REMOVAL PROCEDURE FOR UPPER CASING AND ROTOR
5-20
Chapter 5
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
CHAIN BLOCK
SHACKLE
CHAIN BLOCK
SHACKLE
"A"
UPPER CASING
VIEW "A"
"B"
UPPER CASING
UPPER CASING LIFTING ARRANGEMENT
VIEW "B"
CHAIN BLOCK
LIFTING BEAM
ROTATION
Rev.001
ROTOR
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0822
ROTOR LIFTING ARRANGEMENT
FIGURE 5-5
Mitsubishi
LIFTING ARRANGEMENT FOR UPPER CASING AND ROTOR
5-21
Chapter 5
CL OF TURBINE
11
11
5b
10
5b
A
12
10
3
A-A
DETAILS OF ROTOR GUIDE PILLAR (PUMP END)
9
8
5a
C
L OF TURBINE
B-B
DETAILS OF ROTOR GUIDE PILLAR (GOV END)
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-3-0876
FIGURE 5-6
Mitsubishi
GUIDE PILLAR ARRANGEMENT FOR UPPER CASING AND ROTOR
5-22
Chapter 5
R34
R26
R25
R35
PUMP SIDE
R33 R32 R31 R30
R24
R29 R28 R27
R23
R36
R37
R22
R38
R21
GOV. SIDE
A
R18
R19
R39
R40
R16
R15
R42
R43
R41
R14
R17
R44
R45
C
L OF No.2 BRG.
81
R8 R7 R6
R70
R9
R5
R46
R47
R48 R49
R13
R12 R11
R10
R3
R50
HP & LP CASING
VERTICAL JOINT
L13
L10
L12 L11
R74
R2
R1
R64
R76
R63
R77
C61
C62
L63
L77
L1
L64
L76
L2
L65
L75
L66
L74
L67
L73
L4
L47
L68
L72
L5
L45
CL OF EXHAUST
R73
R75
L3
L46
L44
L9
L17
L43
L15
L16
L42
L40
R67
R65
82
L50
L48 L49
R72
R66
C
L OF TURBINE
L51
R68
R4
R51
L41
L69
L8 L7 L6
L14
81
L38
L21
L37
L22
L19
L70
L71
L18
CL OF STEAM ROOM
A-A
"Y"
L23
L33 L32 L31 L30
L35
L29 L28 L27
SEE "Y"
L24
L25
REF.
BOLT
L26
L34
No.
R
L
ROD
ROD
SLEEVE
SLEEVE
Rev.001
EXT. NUT
EXT. NUT
PLAIN WASHER
PLAIN WASHER
BOLT No.
BOLT No.
R
2
L
R
3~ 10
L
HP CASING
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
LP CASING
MICROMETER
HP/LP CASING CONTROL

VALVE
MICROMETER
TURBINE HORIZONTAL JOINT
EQUIPMENT OF MEASURING BOLT STRETCH.

(SUPERVISE STRETCH)
ARC LENGTH FROM "0" POINT.

MEASURE ALONG OUTER
DIA.OF NUT.
"0"POINT
LP STEAM CONTROL VALVE.

VALVE CHEST COVER
L39
L36
MM-M08
R71
R69
BOLT DIA
TYPE
(inch)
W 2"
(2 1/2")
W O70
3 ~ 10
W (2 1/2")
MATERIAL
N m (kg m)
10705BU
539 (55)
10705BU
677 (69)
10705BU
677 (69)
AMOUNT OF BOLT STRETCH

OR
mm
TIGHTENING TORQUE
N m (kg m)
.
.
4472 (4025~ 4919) N m

456.0 (410.4~ 501.6) kg m
0.30 (027~ 0.33)
mm
(59)
(69 )
98
N26-Y10-1284-B
N26-Y10-1283-A10 O15 x 510 (F)
202
(16)
(36)
(51 )
80
(185)
(36)
(51 )
80
(185)
(40)
(58 )
80
(227)
(15)
(29 )
60
(132)
10305MDA
539 (55)
(2")
10305MDA
539 (55)
402 (41)
1425 (1283~ 1568) N m

145.3 (130.8~ 159.8) kg m
OC34(M30)
C 61,62
R
L 63 ~ 77
W (1 1/2")
10305MDA
81, 82
M36
SCM435-QT
SCM435-QT
(214)
(16)
W 2"
BOLT
CENTER
HOLE DIA.
(REF)
mm
250
21,41,48
BOLT
FREE
LENGTH
(REF)
mm
N26-Y10-1283-A15 O15 x 550 (F)
14 ~ 17, 19
SCM435-QT
F:FLEXIBLE
S:STRAIGHT
N26-Y10-1284-B
539 (55)
M30
80
BOLT HEATER
98
10305MDA
(mm)
(64 )
MEASURING
ROD PART NO.
(77 )
W 2"
(DEGREE)
(45)
MEASURING
SLEEVE PART NO.
(66)
W O57
"0"POINT
(mm)
OF NUT
mm
11 ~ 13
18
ARC LENGTH NUT TURN

OUTER DIA.
FROM
ANGLE
0.38 (0.34~ 0.42)
.
.
3913 (3522~ 4304) N. m
399.0 (359.1~ 438.9) kg. m
3913 (3522~ 4304) N. m
399.0 (359.1~ 438.9) kg. m
N. m
927 (834~ 1020)
94.5 (85.1~ 104.0) kg. m
N. m
927 (834~ 1020)
94.5 (85.1~ 104.0) kg. m
R 22~33, 34~40
L 42~47, 49~51
L
FIRST
TORQUE
3913 (3522~ 4304) N m

399.0 (359.1~ 438.9) kg m
.
.
.
.
1613 (1452~ 1774) N m

164.5 (148.1~ 181.0) kg m
MPTD 3 0877
FIGURE 5-7
Mitsubishi
BFPT CYLINDER BOLTING ARRANGEMENT
5-23
Chapter 5
11
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
SEAL RING SEGMENT

(G,H,K)
SLOTS
GLAND STEAM
ADMISSION CHAMBER
GLAND STEAM
EXTRACTION CHAMBER
SPRING RETAINING PIN
SPRING (g,h,k)
ANTI-ROTATION PIN
NO. 1 DISC
CYLINDER BASE
NO. 6 DISC
GLAND CASING COVER
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
SEAL RING SEGMENT

(A,B,C,D,E,F,)
SLOTS
GLAND STEAM
ADMISSION CHAMBER
GLAND STEAM
EXTRACTION CHAMBER
SPRING RETAINING PIN
SPRING (a,b,c,d,e,f)
ANTI-ROTATION PIN
NO. 1 DISC
CYLINDER BASE
NO. 6 DISC
GLAND CASING COVER
5
f ed c
10
b a
k h g
F ED C
B A
K H G
10
SECTIONAL VIEW
SECTIONAL VIEW
B
C
d
g
Rev.001
GLAND SEALS (PUMP END)
GLAND SEALS (GOV END)
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0825
FIGURE 5-8
Mitsubishi
EXPLODED VIEW OF GOV. END AND PUMP END GLANDS
5-24
Chapter 5
UPPER/ LOWER
GLAND CASING
WEDGE HERE
TO MAINTAIN
RUNNING POSITION
CLEARANCE
CLEARANCE
SEAL RING
ROTOR
PUMP SIDE
GOV SIDE
A-A
SLOT IN CASING
WEDGE
A
A
AXIAL VIEW OF UPPER/ LOWER HALF GLAND CASING

(4 PLACES FOR 1 SEGMENT)
(SIMPLIFIED, NON SPECIFIC)
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0826
FIGURE 5-9
GLAND SEAL CLEARANCE MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE

Mitsubishi
5-25
Chapter 5
5.2
Disassembly and Reassembly of LPSV

a)
Preparation
If LPSV disassembly becomes necessary, all associated equipment is to
be mechanically and electrically isolated and an authorized clearance and
work permit is to be in place prior to the commencement of work. The
following points are also to be considered when preparing for disassembly
and reassembly.
b)

part details, etc) and documents (log sheets, field record book, etc.)


remove all the attached instrumentation before starting disassembly
work.


adequate for the load being lifted
When using a crane, chain block etc, the center of gravity of the item
and leveled.
Disassembly
Ensure that the equipment is completely depressurized and

isolated before commencing work.
MM-M08
Rev.001
CAUTION
To separate joints and flanges, use jacking bolts and wooden
mallets. Never apply force with hammers, chisels or
screwdrivers.

Mitsubishi
5-26
Chapter 5
CAUTION
Wear always protective clothing and respiratory equipment
when handling insulation.
Note
To facilitate reassembly match mark components prior to removal.
Removal of LPSV and Servomotor Assembly

1
Remove the BFP-T enclosure. Refer to Figure 5-1 for enclosure

details.
Measure the servomotor close end over-travel as follows:

(i)
Ensuring that the LPSV is fully closed, note the position of the
servomotor piston rod (21) on the position scale secured to the
servomotor bracket (4).
(ii) Remove socket head bolts (48) and detach the support (45) from
the connecting piece (43) thus disconnecting the servomotor
piston rod (21) from the valve stem (12).
(iii) Ensure that the servomotor piston rod has moved down further to
the extreme closed position of the servomotor.
(iv) Record the difference (indicated on the position scale) between
the fully closed positions of the piston rod (21) when the valve
stem is connected and disconnected. This value is the
servomotor close end over-travel.
Have I&C personnel remove all instrumentation attached to the LPSV
servomotor.
Have sufficient thermal insulation removed to gain access to the stem

leak-off connection, drain flanges, and inlet/outlet flanges.
Disconnect the HP oil piping, auto stop oil piping, stem freedom test
solenoid valve (55) and drain oil piping (57) on the LPSV servomotor.
Immediately cover or plug the exposed pipe ends and ports.
Slowly loosen the lock nut (36) and release the compression on the
spring (33) completely and then remove the spring (33), spring seat
(34) and bolt (35).
Referring to Figure 5-3, attach appropriate lifting equipment to the

LPSV assembly.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
5-27
Chapter 5
Support the LPSV by raising the lifting equipment and removing

slackness from the slings.
Disconnect the stem leak-off connection (62) and the inlet and outlet
drain piping (46).
10 Loosen and remove the nuts from the stud bolts which secure the
inlet flange to the steam inlet piping.
11 Remove the nuts from the stud bolts which connect the LPSV to the
LPGV.
12 Lift the LPSV and servomotor assembly and transport it to the
lay-down area.
Disassembly of LPSV
13 Remove the socket head bolts (25) and remove the servomotor (5) as
an assembly from the bracket (4).
14 If further disassembly of the servomotor (5) is required for inspection
or maintenance, proceed as follows:
(i)
Disconnect the linkage (53) between the connecting piece (43)

and the limit switch (54).
(ii) Remove the guide bolts (49) secured to the connecting piece and
then remove the connecting piece (43), washer (60) and top lock
nut (61) from the piston rod (21).
(iii) Remove the bottom lock nut (61) and withdraw the disk (50) from
the piston rod (21).
(iv) Uniformly loosen and remove the bolts (24) and then remove the
top cover (23) from the cylinder body (30). Remove and discard
the gasket (59). Remove the bushing (26) from the top cover if
replacement is essential.
(v) Remove the spring (28) from inside the cylinder body (30).
(v) Slowly withdraw the piston assembly from inside the cylinder
body (30).
MM-M08
Rev.001
(vii) Withdraw the stopper (27) from the piston rod.

(viii) Remove the set screw (42), unscrew the nut (41) and remove the
piston (22) from the piston rod. Remove the piston rings (39) if
(ix) Remove the relief valve (38) from the cylinder only if inspection or
Mitsubishi
5-28
Chapter 5
15 Remove the nuts from the stud bolts (20) and remove the support
bracket (4) from the valve body (1).
16 Remove the locating taper pin and nut (7) from the cover (6).
17 Loosen and remove the nuts from the cover stud bolts (8).
18 Install two jacking bolts into the jacking bolt holes on the cover (6).
19 Evenly tighten the jacking bolts to separate the cover (6) from the
valve body (1).
20 When the cover becomes free, remove the jacking bolts and install
eye-bolts into the jacking bolt holes.
21 Rig the eye-bolts to the overhead crane, lift and transport the cover
(6) to the lay-down area. Remove the lifting equipment and the
eye-bolts.
CAUTION
The cover must be lifted vertically to ensure that the valve
does not snag during removal.
22 Remove the set screw (10) and then remove the valve bushing (9)
from the cover (6) if required.
23 Lift and remove the strainer (11) from within the valve body (1).
24 Remove the set screw (47) and then remove the nut (44) and the
support (45) from the valve stem (12).
25 Remove the socket head bolts (17) and then remove the cap (18).
Recover the guide pins (16).
26 From beneath the valve body (1), push-up the valve stem (12) and
withdraw the valve stem at the top of the main valve (2).
27 Rig the main valve (2) to the overhead crane, lift up the main valve
from the valve seat (3) and transport it to the lay-down area. Carefully
protect both seating surfaces.
29 Remove any gasket material which remains adhered to the joint

faces.
30 Clean all components with solvent and dry with lint free cloth.
MM-M08
Rev.001
28 Remove the lower stem bushing (14) and the upper stem bushing
(15) from the valve body if inspection or replacement is essential.

Mitsubishi
5-29
Chapter 5
c)
Reassembly
maintained as specified in Figure 4-5.
Ensure that all components are free from burrs and bruises, blending
away the defects using fine files, carborundum stones and emery cloth.
Original gaskets are to be replaced by new gaskets of the same thickness
and material at each position from which they were removed.
1
Replace the lower stem bushing (14) and the upper stem bushing (15)
into their positions in the valve body (1), if removed during
disassembly. Peen them to lock after installation.
Carefully lower the main valve (2) onto the valve seat (3) within the
valve body (1).
Carefully insert the valve stem (12) through the main valve (2) and
stem bushings (14 and 15) until it is supported in the main valve.
Locate the cap (18) on the pilot valve (13) using the guide pins (16)
and secure the cap to the main valve with the socket head bolts (17).
Replace the strainer (11) in its groove in the valve body (1).
Secure the valve bushing (9) to the cover (6) using the set screws
(10), if removed during disassembly.
Replace a new spiral wound gasket (19) on the valve body.
Slowly and carefully lower the cover (6) onto the valve body such that
the cover engages the stud bolts (8) and smoothly slides through the
main valve (2).
Locate the cover accurately on the valve body using the taper pin and
nut (7).
10 Fit the nuts onto the stud bolts (8) and tighten them sequentially.
12 Insert the support (45) onto the valve stem (12) and then position the
nut (44) on the valve stem and secure it with the set screw (47).
MM-M08
Rev.001
11 If previously removed, install the bracket (4) to the underside of the

valve body (1) and secure it with the stud bolts and nuts (20).

Mitsubishi
5-30
Chapter 5
13 Reassemble the servomotor (5) as follows if dismantled during

disassembly:
(i)
Replace new piston rings (39) on the piston (22) if replacement is

essential.
(ii) Insert the piston (22) at the bottom end of the piston rod (21) and
secure it with the nut (41). Lock the nut on the piston rod by
installing the set screw (42).
(iii) Insert the piston rod and piston assembly (as assembled above)
into the cylinder body (30).
(iv) Replace the stopper (27) and the spring (28) onto the piston (22).
(v) Replace the bushing (26) into the top cover (23) if removed
during disassembly.
(vi) Replace a new gasket (59) and then replace the top cover (23)
onto the cylinder body (30) and secure it with bolts (24).
(vii) Replace the relief valve (38) and secure it to the cylinder if it was
removed during disassembly.
(viii) Replace the disk (50) onto the piston rod (21) and secure it with
the bottom lock nut (61).
(ix) Screw the upper nut (61) onto the piston rod and then insert the
spring washer (60) followed by the connecting piece (43).
14 Mount the above assembled servomotor (5) at the bottom end of the
bracket (4) and secure it with socket head bolts (25).
15 Align the connecting piece (43) and the support (45) and secure them
with the socket head bolts (48), to complete the coupling between the
valve stem and the piston rod.
16 Tighten the upper piston rod lock nut (61) to secure the connecting
piece (43) in position.
17 Install and adjust the guide bolts (49) to maintain 1 mm clearance with
the bracket guides as indicated in Figure 4-5 and secure them with
their lock nuts.
MM-M08
Rev.001
18 Reconnect the linkage (53) between the connecting piece (43) and
the limit switch (54).
19 Suspend appropriate lifting equipment from the crane and attach it to
the valve body (1).
20 Transport the assembled LPSV to the BFP-T area and carefully
position it between the inlet steam supply piping and the LPGV inlet
flanges.
Mitsubishi
5-31
Chapter 5
21 Install new gaskets and provide all fasteners in the inlet and outlet
flanges and tighten them sequentially.
22 Install the spring (33), spring seat (34) and bolt (35) between the
servomotor and the fixed support (37). Adjust the bolt (35) to maintain
a spring compression of 150 mm and secure the spring seat with the
lock nut (36) to prevent loosening during operation.
23 Reinstall the stem freedom test solenoid valve (55) and reconnect the
HP oil piping, auto stop oil piping and drain oil piping (57).
24 Reconnect the stem leak-off piping joint.
25 Have I&C personnel reinstall all removed instrumentation on the
servomotor and valve.
26 Replace the BFP-T enclosure.
27 Replace the thermal insulation previously removed for access.
28 Stroke the LPSV with the servomotor and ensure that the valve
operation is smooth.
29 Measure and adjust the servomotor close end over-travel following
the procedure described in Step 2 of the disassembly section.
Note
MM-M08
Rev.001
The designed close end over-travel for the LPSV servomotor

is 6 mm.

Mitsubishi
5-32
Chapter 5
16
14
17
28
18
4
27
22
39
41
25
13
20
12
48
48
42
45
38
30
47
49
44
43
54
55
53
32
15
29
52
60
10
1
40
56
31
61
50
33
19
21
34
26
36
35
62
46
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52
53
54
55
24
37
59
56
59
60
61
62
VALVE BODY
MAIN VALVE
VALVE SEAT
BRACKET
SERVOMOTOR
COVER
TAPER PIN & NUT
STUD BOLT & NUT
VALVE BUSHING
SET SCREW
STRAINER
VALVE STEM
PILOT VALVE
LOWER STEM BUSHING
UPPER STEM BUSHING
GUIDE PIN
SOCKET HEAD BOLT
CAP
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
STUD BOLT & NUT
PISTON ROD
PISTON
CYLINDER TOP COVER
BOLT
SOCKET HEAD BOLT
BUSHING
STOPPER
SPRING
CYLINDER BODY
BOLT
PACKING
SPRING
SPRING SEAT
BOLT
NUT
SUPPORT
RELIEF VALVE
PISTON RING
"O" RING
NUT
SET SCREW
CONNECTING PIECE
NUT
SUPPORT
DRAIN PIPE
SET SCREW
SOCKET HEAD BOLT
GUIDE BOLT
DISK
PLUG
LINKAGE
LIMIT SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE FOR
STEM FREEDOM TEST
HP OIL INLET MANIFOLD
GASKET
WASHER
NUT
STEM LEAK OFF PIPE
MM-M08
Rev.001
11
MPTD-3-0823

Mitsubishi
FIGURE 5-10
EXPLODED VIEW OF LP STOP VALVE
5-33
Chapter 5
5.3
Disassembly and Reassembly of LPGV

a)
Preparation
If BFP-T LPGV disassembly becomes necessary, all associated
equipment is to be mechanically and electrically isolated and an
authorized clearance and work permit is to be in place prior to the
commencement of work. The following points are also to be considered
when preparing for disassembly and reassembly:

part details, etc.) and documents (log sheets, field record book, etc.)


remove all the attached instrumentation before starting disassembly
work.

When lifting heavy equipment, use a crane, chain block or other

(SWL) of wire sling, shackles, eyebolts and lifting gear being used is
When using a crane, chain block etc., the center of gravity of the item
and leveled.
b) Disassembly
All data is to be recorded during disassembly. During disassembly, make
match marks on adjoining parts for ease of identification during
reassembly.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Tag all components for identification purposes and, if necessary, bag or

wrap to prevent miscellaneous losses and ensure adequate protection.
The disassembly procedure is described as follows:

Mitsubishi
5-34
Chapter 5
Ensure that the equipment is completely depressurized and

isolated before commencing work.
CAUTION
To separate joints and flanges, use jacking bolts and wooden
mallets. Never apply force with hammers, chisels or
screwdrivers.
CAUTION
Wear always protective clothing and respiratory equipment
when handling insulation.
Note
To facilitate reassembly match mark components prior to removal.
Removal of Linkage Mechanism and Servomotor
MM-M08
Rev.001

1
Remove the BFP-T enclosure. Refer to Figure 5-1 for enclosure

details.
Have I&C personnel remove all instrumentation attached to the LPGV

servomotor.
Have sufficient thermal insulation removed to gain access to the stem

leak-off connection, closing piston leak-off connection, drain and inlet
and outlet steam piping flanges.
Disconnect the HP oil piping, auto stop oil piping, and drain oil piping
to the servomotor. Immediately cover or plug the exposed pipe ends
and ports to prevent dust entry.
Disconnect and remove the linkages (50a) between the lever (50) and
the limit switch (51) and LVDT (52).
Remove the pin (59b) and the split pins (42c and 42d) and then
remove the linkage pins (41c and 41d). Tap and remove the
connecting rod and turnbuckle assembly (46a/46b/47) between the
servomotor (5) and lever (55).

Mitsubishi
5-35
Chapter 5
Remove the servomotor fixing bolts and nuts (60), rig and remove the
servomotor (5) from the servomotor support (49). Transport the
removed servomotor to the lay-down area.
Remove the locating taper pins (27) and the bolts (28) and then
remove the servomotor support (49).
Remove the pin (59a) and the split pins (42a and 42b) and then
remove the linkage pins (41a and 41b). Remove the link (38) between
the spindle (13) and lever (31) at each end of the operating shaft (3).
10 Remove the locating taper pins (53) and bolts (54) for both support
brackets (4) and then lift and transport the operating shaft assembly
(with support brackets) to the lay-down area.
11 If inspection or replacement of the DU bushing (34) and/or DU thrust
washer (35) is required, proceed as follows:
(i)
Remove the bolt (33) and then remove the collar (32).
(ii) Support the operating shaft (3) and gently tap and remove the
support bracket (4) from the operating shaft.
(iii) Remove the DU bushing (34) and/or DU thrust washer (35) if
replacement is required.
Disassembly of the LP GV
12 Remove the taper pin (29) which locates the valve box cover (2) on
the valve box (1).
CAUTION
These are high temperature fasteners that will be subjected to
controlled release and tightening procedures specified in
Appendix H.
13 Loosen and remove the nuts and washers from the cover stud bolts
(30).
MM-M08
Rev.001
14 Install jacking bolts in the jacking bolt holes (61) on the valve box
cover (2).
15 Suspend suitable lifting equipment from the crane and rig it to the
valve box cover (2).
16 Evenly tighten the jacking bolts to separate the valve box cover (2)
from the valve box (1).

Mitsubishi
5-36
Chapter 5
17 Slowly raise the valve box cover (2) using the overhead crane until
the sleeves (16) contact the connecting pieces (37) secured to the
spindles (13).
18 Continue to raise the valve box cover carefully to withdraw the valve
bar (11) and valves (6) clear of the valve box.
19 Transport the valve box cover assembly to the lay-down area and
support it carefully on timbers providing sufficient room at the bottom
side for removal of the valve bar components.
20 Remove the cover (23) at the top of the cylinder (22).
21 Carefully lift up the piston rod (18) to bring the piston (19) above the
cylinder top and then remove the piston (19).
22 Lift up and withdraw the piston rod (18) at the top end of the cylinder
(22).
23 Remove the securing bolts (26) and remove the flange (24). Lift and
remove the cylinder (22), then recover the parallel pin (25).
24 Remove the set screws (10) and remove the lock nuts (9) from the
valves (7).
25 Carefully support the valves (7), remove the adjusting nuts (8) and
withdraw the valves (7) from the bottom side of the valve bar (11).
26 Provide suitable supports to the valve bar (11) to prevent falling and
remove the set screws (44a) and then unscrew and remove the
connecting pieces (37).
27 Tap and remove the parallel pin (15) from the nut (14). Holding the
spindle (13) with one hand, unscrew and remove the nut (14) and
then withdraw the spindle (13) from the bottom of the valve bar (11).
Note
For routine inspection, it is not necessary to disassemble the
LPGV further. Further disassembly should only be considered
if replacement of components is necessary.
28 Remove the bushing (21) and bushings (17) only if replacement is

essential.
30 Remove the spherical washers (12) and the plate (20) from the valve
bar (11) only if replacement is necessary.
MM-M08
Rev.001
29 Remove the sleeves (17) from the valve box cover (2) only if
replacement is necessary.

Mitsubishi
5-37
Chapter 5
31 Cut and remove the valve seats (6) from the valve box (1) if
replacement of valve seat is necessary.
Note
Removal and replacement of valve seats and bushings require
special tools and equipment.
c)
Reassembly
All contact surfaces are to be cleaned before starting reassembly and all
gaskets are to be replaced with new.
Reassembly of the LPGV

1
Perform the following steps only if the valves (7) were removed for
inspection and/or replacement:
(i)
Install the spherical washers (12) in their slots on the valve bar
(11) if removed during disassembly.
(ii) Replace the valves (7) into their locations in the valve bar (11).
(iii) If new valves (7) have been installed, rest the valves on a flat
surface and ensure that the valves in positions 5 to 6 are
supporting the valve bar (11).
Note
If all valves have been exchanged for new, the shoulder of the
valves may require facing to ensure that the valves in position
(iv) Measure and record the gaps between the shoulders of the
remaining valves (7) and the underside of the valve bar (11) as
Dimension K. Add this Dimension K to the design lift
(Dimension J from the following table) and record the result as
Dimension A.
MM-M08
Rev.001
5 and 6 only support the valve bar.

Mitsubishi
5-38
Chapter 5
Valve Position
Design Lift (Dimension J)
1.6
11.4
21.6
31.8
41.6
51.9
(v) Raise and support the valve bar (11) permitting the valves (7) to
be suspended by their adjusting nuts (8).
(vi) Adjust the adjusting nuts (8) of each valve (7) until the desired
Dimension A is achieved and then lock them with their
respective locknuts (9).
(vii) Secure the adjusting nuts and the lock nuts to the valves with the
set screws (10).
MM-M08
Rev.001
(viii) If removed during disassembly replace the plate (20) onto the
valve bar (11).
2
Insert the spindles (13) into the valve bar (11) and fit the spindle nuts
(14) maintaining the clearances between the spindle nuts and the
valve bar specified in Figure 4-6. Secure the nuts (15) to the spindles
(13) with the parallel pins (15) after achieving the clearances.
Ensuring that the locating pin (25) is positioned correctly, install the
cylinder (22) and the flange (24) and secure them to the valve box
cover (2) with the bolts (26).
If removed during disassembly, install and secure the sleeves (16),

bushings (17) and bushing (21) to the valve box cover.
Carefully support the valve bar/valve/spindle assembly so that no

undue forces are applied to the spindles (13) or the valves (7).
Suspend appropriate lifting equipment from the crane and attach it to

the valve box cover (2).
Raise the valve box cover (2) and carefully maneuver it to permit
insertion of the spindles (13) into their bushings (17).
When the spindles protrude the sleeves (17), screw the connecting
pieces (37) onto the top end of the spindles (13) and secure them with
set screws (44a).

Mitsubishi
5-39
Chapter 5
Insert the piston rod (18) and then the piston (19) into the cylinder
(22).
10 Install a new packing (57) and tighten the plug (23) at the top end of
the cylinder (22).
11 Carefully raise the assembled valve box cover assembly and position
it above the valve box (1).
12 Install a new gasket (58) and carefully align the holes in the valve box
cover (2) to the studs (30), lower the cover assembly until the joint
between valve box cover (2) and valve box (1) is closed.
CAUTION
These are high temperature fasteners that will be subjected to
controlled release and tightening procedures.
13 With reference to Figure 5-7, install the washers and nuts onto the
studs (30) and tighten the nuts to the recommended torque values in
their numerical sequence.
Installation of Linkage Assembly and Servomotor

14 If removed during disassembly, reassemble the operating shaft (3) as
follows:
(i)
Replace the DU bushings (34) onto the operating shaft (3).
(ii) Replace the DU thrust washers (35) onto the support brackets (4)
and locate them with pins (36).
(iii) Insert the support brackets (4) onto both ends of the operating
shaft (3), install the collars (32) and secure them with the bolts
(33).
15 Rig and position the assembled operating shaft/support bracket
assembly on the valve box cover (2) and locate the support brackets
(4) with the taper pins (53).
16 Secure the support brackets (4) to the valve box cover with the bolts
(54).
MM-M08
Rev.001
17 Suspend appropriate lifting equipment from the crane to the

servomotor support (49).
18 Position the servomotor support (49) onto the valve box cover (2),
locate it with the taper pin (27) and secure it with spring washers and
bolts (28).

Mitsubishi
5-40
Chapter 5
19 Rig and transport the LPSV servomotor (5) to the LPGV area, position
it on the servomotor support (49) and secure it with the bolts (60).
20 Remove the plugs and reconnect the HP oil, auto stop oil and drain
piping to the servomotor (5).
21 Replace the links (38) between the levers (31) and the connecting
pieces (37). Install the linkage pins (41a and 41b) and secure them
with split pins (42a and 42b).
22 Replace the pins (59a) between the linkage pins (41a) and the
connecting pieces (37).
23 Replace the tie rod/turn buckle assembly (48a, 48b, 47) between the
lever (55) and the connecting piece (56) on the servomotor piston rod.
Install the linkage pins (41c and 41d) and secure them with split pins
(42c and 42d).
24 Install the pins (59b) between the linkage pin (41c) and the
connecting piece (56).
25 Reconnect the linkages (50a) between the lever (50) secured to the
connecting piece (56) and the limit switch (51) and the LVDT (52).
26 Reconnect the stem leak-off and the piston leak-off steam flanges.
27 Have the thermal insulation reinstated.
28 Have I&C personnel install all removed instrumentation on the
servomotor.
29 Install the BFP-T removed enclosure as detailed in Figure 5-1.
MM-M08
Rev.001
30 Stroke the valve with the servomotor and ensure that the valve
operation is smooth.

Mitsubishi
5-41
Chapter 5
42b
42d
41d
55
31
3
45b
41b
46a
36
30
48b
34
2
61
41a
32
42a
33
17
39a
54
58
10
21
44a
53
59b
16
42c
17
15
50a
41c
23
9
43
8
45a
44b
27
57
18
14
28
56
22
7
12
52
20
51
25
11
19
6
5
13
26
1
MM-M08
Rev.001
30
60
24
29
MPTD-3-0824
FIGURE 5-11
Mitsubishi
EXPLODED VIEW OF LP GOVERNING VALVE
5-42
Chapter 5
5.4
Disassembly and Reassembly of No.1 Radial and Thrust

Bearing Assembly
a)
Preparation
If disassembly of No.1 radial and thrust bearing assembly in the Gov End
bearing pedestal becomes necessary, all associated equipment is to be
mechanically and electrically isolated and an authorized clearance and
work permit is to be in place prior to the commencement of work. The
following points are also to be considered when preparing for disassembly
and reassembly:

part details, etc.) and documents (log sheets, field record book, etc.)


and thermocouples.


When using a crane, chain block etc., the center of gravity of the item
and leveled.
b)
Disassembly
Use jacking bolts and wooden mallets when separating flange

joints. Never apply force with hammers, chisels or screwdrivers.
MM-M08
Rev.001
CAUTION

Mitsubishi
5-43
Chapter 5
Note
To facilitate re-assembly match mark components prior to
removal.
Refer to Figure 5-1 and remove the BFP-T enclosure.
Refer to Figure 2-11 for the following activities in Steps 2~9 and 11~14
performed on the Gov End bearing pedestal:
2
Disconnect and plug the Reset oil and Auto Stop oil piping connected
to the Manual Trip Device (18).
Remove the securing bolts and then remove the Manual Trip Device
(18) from the bearing pedestal.
Have the I&C personnel disconnect the proximity switch cable

connected to the turning device assembly.
Rig the turning device suitably from the overhead crane on the eye
bolts/lugs provided and remove the slackness from the slings.
Remove the securing bolts (28) and remove the turning device
support (25) between the inspection cover (19) and the turning device
(3).
Remove the securing bolts (26) and then remove the inspection cover
(19).
Remove the securing bolts (27) in the upper half vertical joint between
the turning device and the bearing pedestal so as to allow removal of
the pedestal cover (2).
Note
Do not remove the lower half vertical joint bolts between the
turning device and the bearing pedestal.
Remove the taper pins (23) and the U-nuts (22) from the stud bolts
(21) and then remove the pedestal cover (2) from the pedestal base
(1).
11 Remove the remaining bolts (27) in the lower half vertical joint
between the turning device and the bearing pedestal. Rig and remove
the turning device (3) and transport it to the lay-down area.
MM-M08
Rev.001
10 Refer to Fig 2-15 for this activity. Remove the reamer bolts (16) and
U-nuts (17) between the output clutch ring (24) and the BFP-T rotor.

Mitsubishi
5-44
Chapter 5
Note
For details of maintenance activities on the Turning Device
and SSS clutch, refer to Appendix G-1.
12 Disconnect and remove the turbine supervisory instrumentation

assembly (12a) secured to the pedestal base (1) at the Gov End.
13 Disconnect and remove the turbine supervisory instrumentation
assembly (12b) secured to the bearing housing at the Pump End.
14 Remove the bolts (30) and remove the oil seal (29) secured to the end
plate (31).
Refer to Figure 5-12 for the following activities:
15 Remove the socket head cap screws (24) and then remove the end
plate (23) secured to the Gov End of the bearing housing.
16 Remove the button head socket screws (12) and then remove the end
plate (11) secured to the Pump End of the bearing housing.
17 Unscrew and remove the socket head cap screws (4) and the
serrated washers (5) from the bearing housing.
18 Install eye bolts into the eye-bolt holes (27) on the upper half bearing
housing, rig it to the lifting equipment and remove the upper half of the
bearing housing (1).
19 Lifting of the upper half bearing housing (1) will carry the topmost
radial pad (8) and the adjacent pad stops (9) with the bearing housing.
Remove, tag and store the two loose radial pads (8) that are exposed
above the lower half of the bearing housing (1).
20 Carefully lift the upper half of the cage ring assembly containing the
thrust pads (14), levers (15), pillars (16), thrust pad stops (18) and
adjusting spacers (20). Ensure that the thrust bearing components
remain in position.
MM-M08
Rev.001
21 Disconnect and remove the thermocouple connections for the No.1

radial bearing and the thrust bearing.
22 Noting the positions of the anti-rotation pins, carefully rotate and
remove the lower half cage ring assembly containing the thrust pads
(14), levers (15), pillars (16), thrust pad stops (18) and adjusting
spacers (20). Transport the removed cage ring assemblies to the
lay-down area.
23 Remove the anti-rotation pins (22) from the lower half cage rings (13)
at both ends of the thrust bearing.

Mitsubishi
5-45
Chapter 5
24 To remove the radial pads from the lower half bearing housing,
proceed as follows (Refer to Figure 5-13 for this activity):
(i)
Secure the rotor raising tool in the recommended location at the

Gen End of the bearing pedestal.
Note
Rotor raising tool is supplied as a special tool.
(ii)
Adjust the U-nuts (4) for the stud bolts (3) secured to the lifting
plate (9) until the pulling up plate just touches the rotor.
(iii)
Mount a magnetic based dial indicator (in a location where it will

not interfere with removal of the lower half bearing housing), to
register the amount by which the rotor is raised.
(iv)
Set the stylus of the dial indicator to zero and raise the rotor 0.2
mm by tightening the jacking U-nuts (4).
(v)
Clean and oil the rotor in the vicinity of the No.1 radial and thrust
bearing (10) in preparation for the removal of the lower half
bearing housing.
(vi)
Fit two eyebolts into the threaded holes vacated by the end
plate securing cap screws (24 in Fig 5-12). Note the position of
the anti-rotation pin (6 in Fig 5-12) and rotate the lower half
bearing housing by 180 until it rests on top of the rotor.
(vii) Rig and transport the lower half bearing housing to the lay-down
area.
Note
For normal inspection of the bearing disassembly up to this
stage would be sufficient. Further disassembly should only be
necessary in the event of damage to the Babbitt metal lining on
the bearing pads or some other obvious defect, in which case
proceed to Step 25.
26 Remove the circlips (10) and dismantle the radial pads (8) and radial
pad stops (9) from the upper and lower bearing housings as per the
procedure specified in Appendix G-3.
MM-M08
Rev.001
25 Dismantle the thrust pads (14), levers (15), pillars (16), thrust pad
stops (18), O-rings (19) and adjusting spacers (20) from the upper
and lower half cage rings (13) as per the procedure specified in
Appendix G-2.

Mitsubishi
5-46
Chapter 5
CAUTION
Handle radial and thrust bearing components with care.
c)
Reassembly
Installation of Lower Half Bearings

The following steps are only required, if disassembly was performed
beyond that point required for inspection:
(i)
Install two radial pads (8) and three radial pad stops (9) into the
lower half of the bearing housing (1) and secure the radial pad
stops with circlips (10).
(i)
Install one radial pad (8) and two radial pad stops (9) into the
upper half of the bearing housing and secure the radial pad
(iii)
Install the thrust pads (14), levers (15), pillars (16), O-rings (17)
and thrust pad stops (18) into the lower and upper halves of the
cage rings (13).
(iv)
Secure the spacers (20) to the respective cage rings and secure
them with the socket screws (21).
(v)
Install the two pad retention pins (25) into the two thrust pads
near the cage ring split line to prevent falling of thrust pads.
Clean all surfaces and transport the assembled lower half bearing
housing from the lay-down area to the Gov End bearing pedestal.
Confirm that the rotor (7) is in the previously lifted position.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
5-47
Chapter 5
Apply fresh lubricating oil onto the rotor journal and thrust collar
surfaces and position the assembled lower half bearing housing on
the rotor.
Noting the position of the anti-rotation pin (6), rotate the lower half
bearing housing on the rotor journal until its horizontal joint is level
with that of the bearing seat (2).
Note
Ensure that the bearing housing slides smoothly into the
bearing seat and the anti-rotation pin (6) is correctly located in
the slot on the horizontal joint surface of the bearing seat.
Slowly loosen the U-nuts (4 in Fig 5-13) of the rotor raising tool and
lower the rotor into the lower half bearing housing. Remove the rotor
raising tool from the bearing pedestal after the rotor has been fully
lowered.
Insert the two anti-rotation pins (22) onto the assembled lower half
cage rings (13) [as assembled in Steps 1-(iii) ~ 1-(v)] and then install
the lower half cage rings into the lower half bearing housing (1).
Ensure that the anti-rotation pins are positioned correctly in the slots.
Installation of Upper Half Bearings

8
Install the upper halves of the assembled cage rings (13) onto the
respective lower half cage rings at both sides of the thrust collar (26).
Note
Strict attention should be paid not to damage the white metal
face of the thrust pads, while installing the upper half cage
rings.
Replace and secure the lower half of the end plate (23) and secure it
to the lower half bearing housing with socket head cap screws (24).
10 Have C&I personnel replace the removed thermocouples for the

radial and thrust bearings.
11 Place the remaining two loose radial pads (8) onto the lower radial
pad supports (9) such that they rest on the rotor journal surface.
13 Replace the serrated washers (5) and tighten the socket head cap
screws (4) at the horizontal joint.
MM-M08
Rev.001
12 Transport the upper half bearing housing (1) from the lay-down area
and install it on the lower half bearing housing giving due regard to
the match marks stamped by the manufacturer.

Mitsubishi
5-48
Chapter 5
14 Replace the upper half of the end plate (23) and secure it with the
remaining socket head cap screws (24).
15 Replace the two halves of the end plate (11) and secure them with the
button head socket screws (12).
16 Check the oil clearance between the radial pads and the rotor journal
to determine the final bearing oil clearance as per the procedure
described below:
(i)
Remove the upper half bearing housing.
(ii)
Set two or three evenly spaced 1.0 mm thick lead wires radially
over the journal circumference and locate them with a spot of
grease at the ends and at the center.
(iii)
Replace the upper half bearing housing and tighten the

horizontal joint screws. Use a feeler gauge to confirm that the
upper half bearing housing is fully in contact with the lower half.
(iv)
Remove the upper half bearing housing and measure the

maximum thickness of the lead wires corresponding to the top
dead center of the rotor with a micrometer.
(v)
Average the values and record this as the No.1 radial bearing
oil clearance.
Note
The oil clearance for No.1 radial bearing should be
within 0.220 ~ 0.292 mm.
17 Measure the thrust clearance for the thrust bearing using a dial test
indicator (DTI) as follows:
(i)
Move the rotor axially towards the Pump End with 0.173 MPa
thrust force to ensure that the thrust pads abut the thrust collar
and record the DTI reading.
(ii)
Move the rotor towards the Gov End as performed in Step (i)
above and again record the DTI reading.
(iii)
The difference between the two readings in Steps (i) and (ii) is
the thrust clearance.
Note
18 Adjust the oil clearances for the No.1 radial bearing and the thrust
bearing if the measured clearances are beyond tolerance.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The thrust clearance should be within 0.5 ~ 0.6 mm.

Mitsubishi
5-49
Chapter 5
Installation of Turning Device and Pedestal Cover

19 Replace the oil seal (29) and secure it to the end plate (31) with the
bolts (30).
20 Transport the turning device (3) from the lay-down area and align it to
the pedestal base (1) at the Gov End. Secure the turning device to the
pedestal base by installing and tightening the lower half vertical joint
bolts (27).
21 Refer to Fig 2-15 for this activity only. Replace the reamer bolts (16)
and U-nuts (17) and secure the output clutch ring (24) to the BFP-T
rotor.
22 Have C&I personnel install the removed turbine supervisory
instrumentation assemblies (12a and 12b) in the pedestal base (1).
23 Transport the pedestal cover (2) from the lay-down area and position
it above the pedestal base (1).
24 Before final replacement of the pedestal cover (2), it will be necessary
to confirm the fit between the bearing keep (9) and the bearing
housing (4). The procedure is as follows:
(i)
Place a 1 mm liner as packing at each side of the horizontal

joint between the pedestal cover (2) and pedestal base (1).
(ii)
Place a 1.5 mm lead wire on the bearing keep slot on the upper
half bearing housing.
(iii)
Lower the pedestal cover (2) onto the pedestal base (1).
Ensuring that it is fully and correctly located, tighten the U-nuts
(22) at the horizontal joint.
(iv)
Loosen the U-nuts, lift the pedestal cover, and measure the lead
thickness (a) across the flattened faces with a micrometer.
(v)
The clearance is the difference between the measured lead

thickness and the liner thickness or the amount that the lead is
compressed.
This can be calculated from the following formula,
A negative value indicates interference.
A positive value indicates clearance.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Clearance (c) = Minimum lead thickness (a) 1.

Mitsubishi
5-50
Chapter 5
Note
The clearance between the bearing housing and the bearing
keep should be 0.0~0.08 mm.
25 Apply a proprietary jointing compound suitable for oil to the pedestal

cover horizontal joint face.
25 Align the pedestal cover to the pedestal base and carefully lower the
cover until the horizontal joint is closed. Take due care to ensure that
the bearing keep (9) engages the slot on the bearing housing
correctly while lowering.
26 Install the locating taper pins (23) to ensure correct location and
remove the lifting equipment.
27 Install and tighten the U-nuts (22) onto the stud nuts (21) in
accordance with Appendix A and secure the pedestal cover to the
pedestal base.
28 Install and tighten the remaining upper half vertical joint bolts (27) and
secure the turning device (3) to the bearing pedestal.
29 Install a new gasket and replace the inspection cover (19) onto the
pedestal cover (2) and secure it with the bolts (26).
30 Replace the support (25) and secure the turning device to the
inspection cover (19) by installing the fasteners (28) at both ends of
the support (25).
31 Reconnect the lubrication oil piping to the SSS clutch.
32 Have I&C personnel reconnect the removed turning gear proximity
switch cable.
MM-M08
Rev.001
33 Replace the removed BFPT enclosure.

Mitsubishi
5-51
Chapter 5
27
10
15
12
14
15
13
MM-M08
Rev.001
FIGURE 5-12
Mitsubishi
EXPLODED VIEW OF NO.1 RADIAL AND THRUST BEARING ASSEMBLY
5-52
Chapter 5
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
PUMP SIDE
GOV. SIDE
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
12
"A"
"B"
STUD BOLT
U - NUT
WASHER
BOLT, NUT
BOLT
HANGER
LIFTING PLATE
THRUST AND NO.1 RADIAL
BEARING
NO.2 RADIAL BEARING
ROTOR
10
11
12
11
10
3 4 5
5 4 3
6
7
Rev.001
12
7
6
2
VIEW "A"
9
VIEW "B"
FIGURE 5-13
Mitsubishi
MM-M08
MPTD-3-0878
12
ROTOR RAISING TOOL FOR BEARING OVERHAUL
5-53
Chapter 5
5.5
Disassembly and Reassembly of No.2 Radial Bearing

a)
Preparation
If No.2 radial bearing at the Pump End bearing pedestal disassembly
becomes necessary, all associated equipment is to be mechanically and
electrically isolated and an authorized clearance and work permit is to be
in place prior to the commencement of work. The following points are also
to be considered when preparing for disassembly and reassembly:

part details, etc.) and documents (log sheets, field record book, etc)


and thermocouples before starting disassembly work.


When using a crane, chain block, etc the center of gravity of the item
and level.
b)
Disassembly
CAUTION
MM-M08
Rev.001
Use jacking bolts and wooden mallets when separating flange

joints. Never apply force with hammers, chisels or screwdrivers.
Note
To facilitate re-assembly match mark components prior to
removal.

Mitsubishi
5-54
Chapter 5
Refer to Figure 5-1 and remove the BFP-T enclosure.

2
Remove the taper pins (14) and the U-nuts (19) from the stud bolts
(13) and then remove the pedestal cover (2) from the pedestal base
(1).
Disconnect and remove the turbine supervisory instrumentation

assembly (16) secured to the pedestal base (1).

4
Remove the button head socket screws (6) and then remove the two
halves of the end plate (5).
Unscrew and remove the socket head cap screws (10) and the
serrated washers (11) from the bearing housing.
Install eye bolts into the eye-bolt holes on the upper half bearing
housing, rig it to the lifting equipment and remove the upper half
bearing housing (1).
Lifting of the upper half bearing housing will carry the topmost radial
pad (2) and the adjacent pad stops (3) with the bearing housing.
Remove, tag and store the two loose radial pads (2) that were
exposed above the lower half of the bearing housing (1).
Remove the thermocouples from the lower half bearing housing.
Remove the lower half bearing housing (1) as per the procedure
described below (Refer to Figure 5-13 for this activity):
(i)
Secure the rotor raising tool in the recommended location at the

Pump End bearing pedestal.
Note
(ii)
Adjust the U-nuts (4) for the stud bolts (3) secured to the lifting
plate (9) until the lifting plate just touches the rotor.
(iii)
Mount a magnetic based dial indicator (in a location where it will

not interfere with removal of the lower half bearing housing), to
register the amount by which the rotor is raised.
(iv)
Set the stylus of the dial indicator to zero and raise the rotor 0.2
mm by adjusting the jacking nuts.
(v)
Clean and oil the rotor in the vicinity of the No.2 radial bearing in
preparation for the removal of the lower half bearing housing.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Rotor raising tool is supplied as a special tool.

Mitsubishi
5-55
Chapter 5
(vi)
Fit two eyebolts into the threaded holes vacated by the end
plate securing cap screws. Noting the position of the
anti-rotation pin (7 in Fig 5-14) rotate the lower half bearing
housing by 180 until it rests on top of the rotor.
(vii) Rig and transport the lower half bearing housing to the lay-down
area.
Note
For normal inspection of the bearing disassembly up to this
stage would be sufficient. Further disassembly should only be
necessary in the event of damage to the Babbitt metal lining on
the bearing pads or some other obvious defect, in which case
proceed to Step 10.
Refer to Figure 5-12 for the following activity:

10 Remove the circlips (4) and dismantle the radial pads (2) and radial
pad stops (3) from the upper and lower bearing housings as per the
procedure specified in Appendix G-3.
CAUTION
Handle the bearing components with care.
c)
Reassembly
Installation of Lower Half Bearings

The following steps are only required, if disassembly was performed
beyond that point required for inspection:
(i)
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
Install two radial pads (2) and three radial pad stops (3) into the
lower half of the bearing housing (1) and secure the radial pad
5-56
Chapter 5
(ii)
Install the top radial pad (2) and two radial pad stops (3) into the
upper half of the bearing housing and secure the radial pad
stops with the circlips (4).
(iii)
Replace the lower half of the end plate (5) and secure it with the
button head socket screws (6).
Clean all surfaces and transport the assembled lower half bearing
housing from the lay-down area to the Pump End bearing pedestal.
Confirm that the rotor (13) is in the previously lifted position.
Apply fresh lubricating oil onto the rotor journal surface and position
the assembled lower half bearing housing on the rotor.
Noting the position of the anti-rotation pin (7), rotate the lower half
bearing housing on the rotor journal until its horizontal joint is level
with that of the bearing seat (8).
Note
Ensure that the bearing housing slides smoothly into the
bearing seat and the anti-rotation pin (7) is correctly located in
the slot on the horizontal joint surface of the bearing seat.
Slowly loosen the U-nuts (4 in Fig 5-13) of the rotor raising tool and
lower the rotor into the lower half bearing housing. Remove the rotor
raising tool from the bearing pedestal after the rotor is fully lowered.
Installation of Upper Half Bearings

7
Have C&I personnel replace the removed thermocouples in the lower

Place the remaining two loose radial pads (2) onto the lower radial
pad supports (3).
Transport the upper half of the bearing housing (1) from the lay-down
area and install it on the lower half bearing housing giving due regard
to the match marks stamped by the manufacturer.
10 Replace the serrated washers (11) and tighten the socket head cap
screws (10) at the horizontal joint.
12 Check the oil clearance between the radial pads and the rotor journal
to determine the final bearing oil clearance as per the procedure
described below:
MM-M08
Rev.001
11 Replace the upper half of the end plate (5) and secure it with the
remaining button head socket screws (6).

Mitsubishi
5-57
Chapter 5
(i)
Remove the upper half bearing housing.
(ii)
Set two or three evenly spaced 1.0 mm thick lead wires radially
over the journal circumference and locate them with a spot of
grease at the ends and at the center.
(iii)
Replace the upper half bearing housing and tighten the

horizontal joint screws. Use a feeler gauge to confirm that the
upper half bearing housing is fully in contact with the lower half.
(iv)
Remove the upper half bearing housing and measure the

maximum thickness of the lead wires corresponding to the top
dead center of the rotor with a micrometer.
(v)
Average the values and record this as the No.1 radial bearing
oil clearance.
Note
The oil clearance for No.2 radial bearing should be
within 0.220 ~ 0.292 mm.
13 Adjust the oil clearance if the measured clearance is beyond

tolerance.
Installation of Pedestal Cover

14 Have C&I personnel replace the removed turbine supervisory
instrumentation assembly (16) in the pedestal base (1).
15 Transport the pedestal cover (2) from the lay-down area and position
it above the pedestal base (1).
(i)
Place a 1 mm liner as packing at each side of the horizontal

joint between the pedestal cover (2) and pedestal base (1).
(ii)
Place a 1.5 mm lead wire on the bearing keep slot on the upper
(iii)
Lower the pedestal cover (2) onto the pedestal base (1).
Ensuring that it is fully and correctly located, tighten the U-nuts
(19) at the horizontal joint.
(iv)
Loosen the U-nuts, lift the pedestal cover, and measure the lead
thickness (a) across the flattened faces with a micrometer.
MM-M08
Rev.001
16 Before final replacement of the pedestal cover (2), it will be necessary

to confirm the fit between the bearing keep (10) and the bearing
housing (8). The procedure is as follows:

Mitsubishi
5-58
Chapter 5
(v)
The clearance is the difference between the measured lead

thickness and the liner thickness or the amount that the lead is
compressed.
This can be calculated from the following formula,

Clearance (c) = minimum lead thickness (a) 1.
A negative value indicates interference.
A positive value indicates clearance.
Note
The clearance between the bearing housing and the bearing
keep for No.2 radial bearing should be 0.0~0.064 mm (on
diameter).
17 Apply a proprietary jointing compound suitable for oil to the pedestal

cover horizontal joint face.
18 Align the pedestal cover to the pedestal base and carefully lower the
cover until the horizontal joint is closed. Take due care to ensure that
the bearing keep (10) engages the slot on the bearing housing
correctly while lowering.
19 Install the locating taper pins (14) to ensure correct location and
remove the lifting equipment.
20 Install and tighten the U-nuts (19) onto the stud nuts (13) in
accordance with Appendix A and secure the pedestal cover to the
pedestal base.
MM-M08
Rev.001
21 Replace the removed BFPT enclosure.

Mitsubishi
5-59
Chapter 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
BEARING HOUSING
RADIAL PAD
RADIAL PAD STOP
CIRCLIP
END PLATE
ANTI-ROTATION PIN
BEARING SEAT
BEARING KEEP
SERRATED WASHER
ROTOR
MPTD-3-0828
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0878
FIGURE 5-14
Mitsubishi
EXPLODED VIEW OF NO.2 RADIAL BEARING
5-60
Chapter-6
C h a p t er
6 Corrective Maintenance
Corrective maintenance is the repair or replacement work undertaken for sudden failure of
any part or component of the equipment. Though a well-planned preventive maintenance
program tries to minimize the probability of occurrence of sudden failure of equipment,
provision for attending these unscheduled maintenance requirements is to be made.
Corrective maintenance work is to be given priority depending on the seriousness of the
problem faced and the impact on plant operations. The schedule for repair of any
equipment should be carefully planned to keep outage time to a minimum.
During such repair or replacement work, an inspection is to be carefully conducted to
determine why the equipment has failed. Good corrective maintenance requires, not only
quick restoration of the failed equipment back into service but also demands every effort to
identify and record the root cause of the failure. The inspection results can be of significant
help in exploring the exact reason for the failure. The findings, along with possible
rectification proposals, are to be used as a feedback to update the preventive maintenance
procedures.
6.1
Prerequisites
The necessary prerequisites for the corrective maintenance of the BFP-T are as
follows:
a)
Scheduling
Unlike preventive maintenance, scheduling activity only starts after failure of
the equipment. Depending on the severity of the problem, the importance of
the service provided by the failed equipment and availability of manpower to
attend the problem, a contingency schedule is to be prepared to solve the
problem at the earliest opportunity. The schedule should clearly indicate the
critical path activity and assign the priority for different parallel activities.
Finally, once the schedule is agreed, strict adherence to it is to be maintained
to ensure timely completion of the maintenance activity.
b)
Departmental Interface / Notification

Refer to Section 4.1.2, Departmental Interface / Notification.
c)
Isolation of Equipment
MM-M08
Rev.001
Refer to Section 4.1.3, Isolation of Equipment.
d)
Safety Precautions
Refer to Section 4.1.4, Safety Precautions.

Mitsubishi
6-1
Chapter-6
6.2
Preparation
a)

Refer to Subsection 4.2.1 a), Parts, Tools and Equipment.
6.3
Troubleshooting
MM-M08
Rev.001
This section provides information about carrying out troubleshooting and servicing
for the BFP-T pertaining to mechanical maintenance staff. Tables of Faults,
Possible Causes and Remedies have been provided to assist qualified users in
troubleshooting. If any new kind of problem is encountered which is not listed in the
following table, contact the manufacturer for assistance.

Mitsubishi
6-2
Chapter-6
TABLE 6-1
Fault
High Bearing Temperature
TROUBLESHOOTING BFP-T
Possible Cause
High lube oil inlet temperature
Remedy
Adjust cooling water flow and
normalize oil temperature
Check cooler plates for fouling
High thrust bearing temperature
Steam leakage from the shaft

glands
Restore bearing oil pressure
Dirt in the oil
Purify or replace oil
Incorrect bearing clearance
Check and adjust bearing clearance
Damaged bearing
Rectify and/or replace damaged

bearing(s)
Air lock in the cooling water side or

oil side of the bearing oil cooler
Operate air vents
Low oil pressure
Check the oil supply system for

correct pressure setting
Thrust bearing failure
Replace damaged components
Insufficient gland steam pressure
Check and restore gland steam

pressure
Inadequate vacuum in the gland

steam condenser (GSC)
Check and adjust loading on the GSC

exhaust fan
Worn or damaged gland labyrinth

seal rings
Replace labyrinth seal rings
Temporarily bowed rotor or rubbing

of internal parts
Run at reduced speeds (about 1200

rpm) until the shaft straightens
Permanent rotor unbalance due to

damage
Reduce speed until the vibration is

within permissible limits. Hold the
speed for sufficient time, in order to
remove any transient thermal shaft
distortions. If excessive vibrations
persist after a re-increase in speed,
shutdown the turbine and inspect the
rotor for damage. Repair and balance
the rotor.
Loss of flexibility in the coupling
Disassemble and inspect the coupling
Damaged bearing
Replace damaged bearing(s)
Improper drain system operation

causing water carryover from the
driving steam
Check and restore the drain system

functionality
Change in alignment of turbine and

pump shafts
Correctly realign the turbine and

pump shafts
MM-M08
Rev.001
Excessive vibration on the

turbine or sudden change in
noise from the turbine
Loss or reduction of oil pressure

Mitsubishi
6-3
Chapter-6
TABLE 6-2
Fault
BFP-T speed hunting
Rev.001
TROUBLESHOOTING LPSV & LPGV

Possible Cause
Remedy
Sticking of valve stem and/or

spindle
Overhaul and repair valve stem
Loss of control oil pressure
Check hydraulic system
Incorrect input control signal
Check for proper control signal and rectify
Low or no oil pressure to the

amplifier
Check the oil supply for correct operation
Dirt in oil supply. Loading or power

piston sticking. Oil motor orifice
blocked causing pilot valve plunger
to stick.
Flush amplifier with clean petrol or

kerosene while cycling with test circuit. To
clean a plugged oil motor orifice, the base
of the actuator must be removed.
Open circuit or high resistance in

solenoid coil
Replace coil if open circuit or if resistance is

not between 28 ~ 35 ohms at 70F (20C)
Actuator internal linkage damaged

or disconnected
Replace damaged parts or make

reconnections as necessary
Incorrect control signals from

electronic governor to servomotor
Check the control signal
GV servomotor provides a
bad response
Low oil pressure or varying oil

pressure
Check the oil supply system for correct

operation
GV servomotor does not

repeat its position
effectively
Dirt in oil supply. Loading or power

piston sticking. Oil motor orifice
blocked causing pilot valve plunger
to stick.
Flush amplifier with clean petrol or

kerosene at 300 psi (2068 kPa) while
cycling with test circuit. To clean a blocked
oil motor orifice, the base of the actuator
must be removed.
Linkage does not move freely
Replace worn or damaged parts as needed
Intermittent open or high resistance

in wiring or electrical connector
Repair or replace bad wiring or electrical

connection
Magnet spring broken or missing
Replace spring
Improper control signal from electric

governor to servomotor
GV servomotor output shaft

can rotate fully in clockwise
direction, but will not rotate
in the counter-clockwise
direction
Centering spring weak or broken

(part of coil cover assembly)
Replace coil cover assembly
GV servomotor output shaft

can rotate fully in
counter-clockwise direction,
but will not rotate in the
clockwise direction
Centering spring weak or broken

(part of coil cover assembly)
Replace coil cover assembly
Pilot valve plunger not centered
Center pilot valve plunger as instructed in

adjustments section
Low oil supply pressure
Adjust correct pressure setting
GV does not move freely
Disconnect linkage and check operation of

GV. Check for valve unbalance forces.
Incorrect control signal from

electronic governor to servomotor
GV servomotor failure (no

actuation)
MM-M08
GV (Servomotor Hydraulic
Amplifier) will not open.

Mitsubishi
6-4
Chapter-6
TABLE 6-2
Fault
Lagging servo (Hydraulic
Amplifier) response
GV (Hydraulic Amplifier) will not

close or closes too slowly
The steam valve will not open
Possible Cause
Remedy
Change in oil supply pressure or air

lock in the oil system
Check oil supply system for correct

operation
Disconnect linkage and check

operation of GV
Check steam valve forces in both
directions
Pilot valve plunger does not move

freely (oil supply is dirty)
Disassemble and clean amplifier

Drain and flush oil supply system
Replace filters
Pilot valve plunger loading spring

broken or missing
Replace loading spring

operation of GV
Starting oil port not connected to

drain or internal drain passages
plugged
Make proper drain connections to

drain. Disassemble amplifier and
clean drain passages
Starting valve plunger does not

move freely in closed position.
Bottom of servo piston open to drain
Disassemble and clean amplifier.

Check oil supply for dirt
Weak or broken servo piston return

spring too much leakage past
servo piston
Disassembly of amplifier to replace

the return spring or servo piston is not
recommended in the field unless
absolutely necessary
Debris wedged between land on

pilot valve plunger and sleeve
causing sleeve to move down with
plunger servo piston may go to full
increase with decreasing input
signal
Cycle amplifier to full increase and

attempt to remove particle by flushing.
If condition continues disassemble
and clean amplifier. Replace plunger
and/or sleeve if sharp edges have
been damaged.
Valve does not move freely

operation of valve
Starting valve plunger held in open

position. Plunger spring broken or
missing
Disassemble and clean amplifier.

Check oil supply for dirt. Replace
plunger spring
Starting oil pressure too low
Adjust starting oil pressure
Yield spring broken or missing.

Piston rings not correctly installed
Replace yield spring and/or piston

rings as needed
MM-M08
Rev.001
The servo piston will not hold

position and will not move full
stroke in either direction with
small change in input signal to
the servomotor
TROUBLESHOOTING LPSV & LPGV

Mitsubishi
6-5
Chapter-6
TABLE 6-3
Fault
Oil pressure low
TROUBLESHOOTING BFP-T OIL SYSTEM

Possible Cause
Remedy
Blocked pump suction strainer
Clean or replace the suction strainer
Blocked filters
Change-over to standby filter and

clean the blocked elements
Failure of pump or pump power

supply
Restore pumps to service
Low oil level in the tank
Restore tank level and check for

leakages
Excessive oil leakage
Repair leakage
Old or damaged bellows
Replace bellows
Sticking valve spindle
Rectify valve sticking problem

Replace stem if bent.
Damaged or worn valve seat
Lap or replace valve
Old or damaged packing and seals
Replace with new
Damaged spring
Replace with new
Incorrect N2 precharge pressure
Check and restore correct N2

precharge pressure
No gas in bag and fluid appears at

gas valve
Disassemble and inspect for bladder

for rupture
External fluid leaks
Rectify leakage
Loss or reduction of oil pressure
Restore oil supply pressure
Blocked oil feed line
Stop the turbine and inspect bearing
Oil leakage and gradual

lowering of oil level in the tank
Leakage in the oil system
Check for leakage and rectify
Abnormally high or low level in

the oil tank
Water induction due to oil cooler

internal leakage
Check and rectify the oil cooler
Water induction due to gland steam

leakage
Check and adjust gland steam system
Oil ingress from the oil storage tank
Check the isolating valve in the oil

transfer system
Oil leakage from the supply system
Refill the tank and repair any leaking

components
Oil cooler internal leakage
Check and rectify oil cooler leakage
Water ingress from BFP-T glands
Check steam leakage from BFP-T

glands
Pressure control valve(s)

malfunction
Accumulator sluggish
Oil not visible in sight glass
MM-M08
Rev.001
Oil contamination by foaming,

emulsifying with water,
excessive rust gathered in the
system or sludge formation

Mitsubishi
6-6
Chapter-6
TABLE 6-3
TROUBLESHOOTING BFP-T OIL SYSTEM
Fault
High differential pressure across
strainers
Oil viscosity too high
Remedy
Verify that the oil is of correct viscosity
Improve oil temperature if it is low
High water content (filter elements

swell)
Make arrangements to purify oil
Clogged strainer elements
Clean or replace the strainers
Bearing failure
Inspect and replace the bearing and

clean the oil system
Oil flow higher than design
Adjust oil flow/pressure
Filter elements incorrect
Verify micron rating during

replacement of elements by original
equipment manufacturer
Gauge reading incorrect
Recalibrate differential pressure

indicator
Oil cooler fouled
Check and clean oil cooler
Air-lock
Vent air locked in the system
Incorrect cooling water supply
Correct cooling water supply
Oil temperature control valve

malfunction
Inspect and correct as required
MM-M08
Rev.001
High oil temperature
Possible Cause

Mitsubishi
6-7
Chapter-6
TABLE 6-4
Fault
Pump does not start
Pump starts but does not

discharge oil
Pump starts, but specified

capacity and pressure are not
achieved
Pump starts, but motor gets

overloaded
Pump starts, but bearing gets

overheated
TROUBLESHOOTING AC AND DC OIL PUMPS

Possible Cause
Remedy
Problems associated with the motor
Repair motor
Pump seizure
Dismantle and overhaul pump
No power supply
Check and restore power supply
Wiring or relay damaged
Repair/replace faulty electrical parts
Foreign matter in the pump
Insufficient oil in the tank
Replenish oil
Suction strainer blocked
Clean suction strainer
Discharge valve not open
Open discharge valve
Pump speed too low
Correct electric source and operation

of the motor
Suction strainer blocked
Clean suction strainer
Relief valve malfunctions
Adjust relief valve setting
Lubricant viscosity too low
Check the lubricant viscosity and

specification
Motor rotating in the reverse

direction
Change wiring and terminal

connections
Abnormal metal contact exists in the

rotating parts
Overhaul pump and check all

clearances
Misalignment between pump and

motor
Check alignment
Pump shaft bent
Replace pump shaft
Motor malfunction
Repair or replace motor
Lubricant viscosity is too high
Check lubricant specification,

temperature
Excessive flow through the pump
Restore pump discharge pressure to

the rated value
Pump bearings are damaged
Replace bearings
Mechanical connection and coupling

alignment is incorrect
Check alignment
Pump shaft bent
Replace pump shaft
Pump bearings damaged
Replace bearings
Bearings incorrectly assembled
Readjust the bearing assembly and

correct installation, if necessary
Misalignment between pump and

motor
Check alignment
Pump shaft bent
Replace pump shaft
Pump installation incorrect
Reinstall the pump correctly
Pump fixing bolts loose
Tighten fixing bolts
MM-M08
Rev.001
Pump starts, but accompanied

with vibration and noise

Mitsubishi
6-8
Chapter-6
TABLE 6-4
TROUBLESHOOTING AC AND DC OIL PUMPS
Fault
Pump starts, but accompanied
with vibration and noise
TABLE 6-5
Possible Cause
Remedy
Foreign matter in the pump
Internal contact between rotating

and stationary components
TROUBLESHOOTING TURNING DEVICE
Fault
Possible Cause
Remedy
Oil leakage
Loose bolt in flange or other piping

components
Identify and stop leakage
Abnormal heating
Damaged bearing
Replace bearing
Dirt in oil
Replace the oil
Loosened bolts and nuts
Tighten loosed bolts until specified

torque is achieved
Worn or damaged gears
Replace gears
SSS clutch does not engage

from rest or at low speed
Damage to pawl & ratchet

mechanism
Stop the drive immediately, to avoid

further damage. Replace damaged
components
SSS clutch fails to disengage
Damage to pawl & ratchet

mechanism or gears
Stop the drive immediately, to avoid

further damage. Replace damaged
components
SSS clutch overheating
Lack of lubricating oil
Ensure proper supply of lubricant to

the SSS clutch
Misalignment
Restore alignment
Misalignment
Replace damaged components and

realign
Abnormal sound and vibration
Damage to the clutch teeth and

the pawl & ratchet mechanism
TABLE 6-6
Fault
Possible Cause
Remedy
Damaged or worn impeller
Repair impeller or replace
Excessive foreign material deposit

on the impeller
Clean the impeller after dismantling
Unbalanced rotor
Balance the rotor assembly
Oil accumulated in the casing
Drain the casing and check the drain

line
Incorrect fan installation
Correctly install the fan
Damaged or bent rotor shaft
Repair or replace the rotor shaft
MM-M08
Rev.001
Excessive vibration and noise
TROUBLESHOOTING VAPOR EXTRACTOR

Mitsubishi
6-9
Chapter-7
C h a p t er
7 R ec om m e nde d L ubr i cat i on

The lubrication oil shall be refined mineral oil of the highest quality and uniformity. It shall
contain no grit, inorganic acid, alkali or any other substance detrimental to the lubricating
properties of the oil. The physical and chemical characteristics of the recommended oil are
as follows:
TABLE 7-1
RECOMMENDED LUBRICATION FOR BFP-T
Item
Description
Application point
BFP-T Oil Tank
Recommended lubricants
DTE Oil Light (Mobil)

Turbo Oil J32 (Shell)
Teresso 32 (Esso)
Daphne Turbine Oil 32 (Idemitsu)
Quantity of initial fill
4000 liters (for NWL)
Replacement
Frequency
As required by sampling result
Quantity
4000 liters
Make-up
Frequency
Replenish if oil level is low
Quantity
As required
Note
The lube oil quantities stated above is for one BFP and BFP-T
set.
MM-M08
Rev.001
The point of lubrication is the BFP-T oil tank, with forced lubrication system supplying
oil to the various points on the BFP-T, BFP and turning device.

Mitsubishi
7-1
MM-M08
Rev.001
Chapter-7
FIGURE 7-1
RECOMMENDED LUBRICATION CHART FOR BFPT TURNING DEVICE

Mitsubishi
7-2
Appendix A
A p p en d i x
A Torque Chart
TABLE A-1
Bolt
Size
(mm)
STRETCH FOR ALLOY STEEL BOLTS

Torque (kg-m)
Alloy Steel (SCM 435 / 440)
Carbon Steel (S35C /

S45C)
Carbon Steel (SS400)
0.82
0.90
0.74
0.51
0.56
0.46
0.43
0.47
0.39
2.0
2.2
1.8
1.2
1.3
1.1
1.0
1.1
0.9
10
3.9
4.3
3.5
2.5
2.8
2.2
2.1
2.3
1.9
12
6.8
7.5
6.1
4.2
4.6
3.8
3.6
4.0
3.2
14
11
12
10
6.7
7.4
6.0
5.7
6.3
5.1
16
16
18
14
10
11
9.0
8.6
9.5
7.7
18
22
24
20
14
15
13
12
13
11
20
32
35
29
20
22
18
17
19
15
22
42
46
38
26
29
23
22
24
20
24
54
59
49
34
37
31
29
32
26
27
79
87
71
50
55
45
42
46
38
30
108
119
97
67
74
60
57
63
51
33
145
160
130
91
100
82
77
85
69
36
188
207
169
117
129
105
100
110
90
39
242
266
218
151
166
136
129
142
116
42
300
330
270
188
207
169
160
176
144
45
375
412
338
234
257
211
199
219
179
48
453
498
408
283
311
255
241
265
217
52
583
641
525
365
402
328
310
341
279
56
722
794
650
451
496
406
383
421
345
60
892
981
803
557
613
501
474
521
427
64
1073
1180
966
671
738
604
570
627
513
68
1292
1421
1163
807
888
726
686
755
617
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
A-1
Appendix A
TABLE A-2
ALLOY STEEL BOLT TIGHTENING TORQUE
Bolt Diameter
Torque (kg-m)
Inch
mm
SCM435
(SAE4135/AISI4137)
W-10705BU
(AISI616 Type 22)
W-15106FD
(AISI690)
1/2
(12.7)
5.4
6.2
8.1
5/8
(15.9)
10.9
12.5
16.3
3/4
(19.1)
18.2
20.8
27.0
7/8
(22.2)
29.1
33.4
43.4
(25.4)
44.5
50.8
66.0
1-1/8
(28.6)
64.5
73.7
95.8
1-1/4
(31.8)
90.7
103.7
134.8
1-3/8
(34.9)
123.4
141.0
183.3
1-1/2
(38.1)
145.3
166.0
215.8
1-5/8
(41.3)
199.5
228.0
296.4
1-3/4
(44.5)
272.1
311.0
404.3
1-7/8
(47.6)
363.1
415.0
539.5
(50.8)
399.0
456.0
592.8
Example
SCM435
Bolt Diameter
1 inch
Required Torque
145.3 kg-m
Wrench Handle Length
1.5 m
Required Force is 145.3/1.5
96.9 kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
Bolt Material

Mitsubishi
A-2
Appendix B
A p p en d i x
MM-M08
Rev.001
B Spare Parts

Mitsubishi
B-1
Appendix B
TABLE B-1
Equipment
ID No.
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
On Hand Quantity
Parts ID
47
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Rev.001
Parts Description
Sub-Assembly/Eqt. Description
One year
Strategic
Lead Time (Receipt

PO to FOB)Weeks
Pad for No.1 Journal bearing
BFPT
42
Pad for Thrust Bearing
BFPT
18
42
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
48
No. 2 Journal Bearing
BFPT
42
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
49
Casing bolt with plug

70(W2-1/2)x345
BFPT
26
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing bolt with plug

(W2-1/2)x295
BFPT
26
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing bolt W2x295
BFPT
26
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing bolt W2x270
BFPT
26
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing bolt 57(W2)x310
BFPT
26
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing bolt 34(M30)x155
BFPT
26
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing bolt M30x130
BFPT
12
26
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing bolt W1-1/2x180
BFPT
26
Casing Nut with plug

W2x120
BFPT
26
Casing Nut with plug

(W2-1/2) x130
BFPT
18
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
MM-M08
RECOMMENDED LISTS OF STRATEGIC SPARE PARTS (OFF SHORE)
50
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102

Mitsubishi
B-2
Appendix B

TABLE B-1
Equipment
ID No.
Rev.001
Parts Description
Sub-Assembly/Eqt.
Description
On Hand Quantity
One year
Strategic
Lead Time (Receipt

PO to FOB)Weeks
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing Nut with plug W2x120
BFPT
18
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing Nut W1-1/2
BFPT
18
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing Nut M30
BFPT
14
18
Casing Washer W2
BFPT
18
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing Washer W2-1/2
BFPT
18
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing Washer W2
BFPT
18
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
Casing Washer W1-1/2
BFPT
18
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
2C Seal ring assembly
BFPT
62
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
BFPT
62
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
BFPT
62
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
BFPT
62
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
BFPT
62
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
MM-M08
Parts ID
51

Mitsubishi
B-3
Appendix B

TABLE B-1
Equipment
ID No.
Parts ID
Parts Description
Sub-Assembly/Eqt.
Description
On Hand Quantity
One year
Strategic
Lead Time (Receipt

PO to FOB)Weeks
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
4R Moving blade assembly

(LH)
BFPT
74
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102
BFPT
74
BFPT
74
(LH)
03XAA01AE101
03XAA01AE102

(LH)
03XAC02AA101
03XAC02AA102
52
Bolt for PLCV Bonnet
LPSV
1 set
18
03XAC02AA101
03XAC02AA102
53
Bolt for LPSV outlet flange
LPSV
1 set
18
03XAC02AA101
03XAC02AA102
55
Nut for LPSV bonnet bolt
LPSV
1 set
18
03XAC03AA101
03XAC03AA102
56
Nut for LPSV outlet flange bolt
LPCV
1 set
18
03XAC03AA101
03XAC03AA102
58
Packing for steam leak pipe
LPCV
03XAC03AA101
03XAC03AA102
59
Amplifier
LPCV
18
03XAV01AP101~102
03XAV01AP103~104
60
Bearing and packing
MOP
03XAV01AP301
03XAV01AP302
61
Bearing and packing
EOP
03XAV01BB101
03XAV01BB102
62
Return Filter
Main Oil Tank
Rev.001
MM-M08

Mitsubishi
B-4
Appendix B

TABLE B-1
Equipment
ID No.
Parts ID
03XAV01AN101
03XAV01AN102
63
Oil seal ring for vapor

extractor
03XAV01AY01A501~502
03XAV01AY01A502~504
64
HP oil filter
03XAV01AY01A509~510
03XAV01AY01A511~512
65
LO oil filter
Sub-Assembly/Eqt.
Description
On Hand Quantity
Lead Time (Receipt

PO to FOB)Weeks
One year
Strategic
Gasket and O ring
Gasket and O ring
MM-M08
Rev.001
Parts Description

Mitsubishi
B-5
Appendix B

TABLE B-2
Equipment
ID No.
Parts ID
03LBE1AA101,100
RECOMMENDED LISTS OF SPARE PARTS FOR ONE YEAR OPERATION (OFF SHORE)
Parts Description
Relief Diaphragm
Sub-Assembly/Eqt.
Description
BFPT
On Hand Quantity
One year
Strategic
Lead Time
(Receipt PO to
FOB)Weeks
2 pcs.
03XAA01AE101,102
Gasket for bearing cover
2 pcs.
03XAA01AE101,102
Gasket for bearing cover
2 sets.
03XAA01AE101,102
Gasket for exhaust manhole
4 pcs.
03XAA01AE101,102
Gasket for exhaust mouth
2pcs.
03XAC02AA101,03AA101
Gasket for LPSV Bonnet
6 pcs.
16
03XAC02AA101,03AA101
Gasket for LPSV and Flange
6 pcs.
16
03XAC02AA101,03AA101
Gasket for LPCV Bonnet
6 pcs.
16
03XAC02AA101,03AA101
Gasket for cover
6 pcs.
16
03XAV01AP101~104,
301~302
BFPT Main valve
BFPT Oil pumps
6 sets
03XAV01AN101
Oil seal ring for vapor

extractor
BFPT Main oil tank vapor

extractor
2 sets
03XAV01AN101
Filter cartridge
BFPT oil filters
4 sets
03XAV01AN101
Diaphragm
BFPT Oil system control valve
4 sets
MM-M08
Rev.001
Gear bearing and packing

Mitsubishi
B-6
Appendix C
A p p en d i x
MM-M08
Rev.001
C Special Tools

Mitsubishi
C-1
Appendix C
TABLE C-1
EQT.
ID.
PJ No.
RF
47
RF
48
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
LIFTING BEAM
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
BFP-TURBINE
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED FOR
PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
OUTLINE VIEW & DIMENSION
WEIGHT
1
SPECIAL GUIDE
TOOLS (GUIDE
PILLAR)
BFP-TURBINE
RF
49
RF
50
SPECIAL GUIDE
TOOLS (ROTOR
GUIDE )
BFP-TURBINE
RF
51
JACKING BOLT
STARTING BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-2
REMARKS
Appendix C
Continued from Previous Page.

TABLE C-1
EQT
. ID.
PJ No.
RF
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
52
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED FOR
PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
BOLT HEATER
BFP-TURBINE
RF
53
RF
54
BOLT HEATER
BFP-TURBINE
RF
55
SPECIAL TOOLS
FOR DISASSEMBLY
OF BEARING
BFP-TURIBE
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-3
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED FOR
PLANT
RF
56
FIELD BALANCING
PLUG (WRENCH)
BFP-TURBINE
RF
57
FIELD BALANCING
PLUG (WRENCH)
BFP-TURBINE
40
RF
58
SPECIAL WRENCH
(BEAT RING
SPANNER)
BFP-TURBINE
RF
59
SPECIAL WRENCH
(OVERSPEED
ADJUSTMENT)
BFP-TURBINE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
MM-M08
Rev.001
PURPOSE

Mitsubishi
C-4
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
RF
60
RF
61
RF
62
RF
63
DESCRIPTION
STARTING BOLT
FOR UPPER
CASING
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
BFP-TURBINE
TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED FOR
PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
12
STARTING BOLT
FOR GOV. SIDE
PEDESTAL
BFP-TURBINE
MM-M08
Rev.001
TOOL
ID
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

Mitsubishi
C-5
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED FOR
PLANT
RF
64
STARTING BOLT
TURNING GEAR
BFP-TURBINE
RF
65
WRENCH 7/16
SOCKET
BFP-TURBINE
RF
66
HEXAGON WRENCH
KEY 0.156
BFP-TURBINE
RF
67
HEXAGON WRENCH
KEY 0.188
BFP-TURBINE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
MM-M08
Rev.001
PURPOSE

Mitsubishi
C-6
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED FOR
PLANT
RF
68
HEXAGONAL
WRENCH
KEY 1/8
BFP-TURBINE
RF
69
HEXAGONAL
WRENCH KEY
7/64
BFP-TURBINE
RF
70
PLIERS - NO. 2
EXTERNAL SNAP
RING
BFP-TURBINE
RF
71
HAND TURNING
HANDLE
BFP-TURBINE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
MM-M08
Rev.001
PURPOSE

Mitsubishi
C-7
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED FOR
PLANT
RF
72
HOOK SPANNER
BFP-TURBINE
RF
73
PLUG SPANNER
BFP-TURBINE
RF
74
HOOK SPANNER
BFPT - TURBINE
RF
75
PULL HOSE
BFP-TURBINE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
MM-M08
Rev.001
PURPOSE

Mitsubishi
C-8
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
RF
76
CHARGING VALVE
BFP-TURBINE
RF
77
CHARGING VALVE
BFP-TURBINE
RF
78
CHARGING HOSE
BFP-TURBINE
RF
79
LIFTING BEAM FOR

BFPT ROTOR
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
237kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
PURPOSE

Mitsubishi
C-9
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
80
CHAIN BLOCK
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
44 kg
RF
81
WIRE ROOF
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
4.9 kg
RF
82
WIRE ROOF
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
4.0 kg
RF
83
WIRE ROOF
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.4 kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-10
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
84
WIRE ROOF
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
4.4kg
RF
85
SHACKLE
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
5.1kg
RF
86
SHACKLE
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
9.2kg
RF
87
PROTECTION
PLATE
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.6kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-11
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
88
GUIDE PILLAR FOR

EASING
DISASSEMBLY
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
15.5kg
RF
89
GUIDE TOOL FOR

ROTOR REMOVAL
(GOV. SIDE)
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
26.0kg
RF
90
GUIDE TOOL FOR

ROTOR REMOVAL
(PUMP SIDE)
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
30.2kg
91
EASING GEAR FOR

BEARING
DISASSEMBLY
(GOV. SIDE)
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
32.3kg
RF
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-12
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
92
EASING GEAR FOR

BEARING
DISASSEMBLY
(PUMP SIDE)
RF
93
OVERHAUL TOOL
FOR NO. 2 BEARING
COVER
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
279kg
RF
94
STARTING BOLT
FOR UPPER
CASING
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.6kg
RF
95
STARTING BOLT
FOR UPPER
CASING
BFP-TURBINE
12
OVERHAUL
0.9kg
OVERHAUL
29kg
MM-M08
Rev.001
BFP-TURBINE

Mitsubishi
C-13
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
96
STARTING BOLT
FOR UPPER
CASING
BFP-TURBINE
20
OVERHAUL
0.6kg
RF
97
STARTING BOLT
FOR NO.1
PEDESTAL
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.7kg
RF
98
STARTING BOLT
FOR NO.1
PEDESTAL
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
RF
99
STARTING BOLT
FOR NO.2
PEDESTAL
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-14
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
100
WRENCH FOR
FIELD BALANCING
PLUG
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
3.1kg
RF
101
WRENCH FOR
FIELD BALANCING
PLUG
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
2.7kg
RF
102
HANDLE FOR HAND

TURNING
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.5kg
103
DEPTH
MICROMETER FOR
BOLT STRETCH
MEASURING
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2kg
RF
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-15
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
104
ROD FOR BOLT

STRETCH
MEASURING
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2kg
RF
105
ROD FOR BOLT

STRETCH
MEASURING
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2kg
RF
106
SLEEVE FOR BOLT

STRETCH
MEASURING
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2kg
RF
107
CENTERING TOOL
DIAL GAUGE
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.0kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-16
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
108
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 17
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
RF
109
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 19
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
RF
110
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 24
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.3kg
RF
111
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 30
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.5kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-17
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
112
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 32
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.6kg
RF
113
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 36
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.7kg
RF
114
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 46
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.4kg
RF
115
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 50
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.8kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-18
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
116
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 60
BFP - TURBINE
OVERHAUL
2.9kg
RF
117
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 65
BFP - TURBINE
OVERHAUL
3.8kg
RF
118
OPEN HEAD
SPANNER 75
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
5.6kg
RF
119
BEAT RING
SPANNER 46
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.0kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-19
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
120
BEAT RING
SPANNER 50
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.1kg
RF
121
BEAT RING
SPANNER 60
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.7kg
RF
122
BEAT RING
SPANNER 65
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
2.6kg
RF
123
BEAT RING
SPANNER 75
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
3.9kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-20
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
124
RING SPANNER 46
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.1kg
RF
125
RING SPANNER 50
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.4kg
RF
126
RING SPANNER 60
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
2.2kg
RF
127
RING SPANNER 65
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
3.2kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-21
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
128
RING SPANNER 75
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
5.2kg
RF
129
HEXAGONAL
WRENCH KEY 6
BFP - TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
RF
130
HEXAGONAL
WRENCH KEY 10
BFP - TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.25kg
RF
131
HEXAGONAL
WRENCH KEY 14
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.3kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-22
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
132
HEXAGONAL
WRENCH KEY 17
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.5kg
RF
133
SCREW DRIVER
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
RF
134
SCREW DRIVER
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2 kg
RF
135
SCREW DRIVER
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-23
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
136
SCREW DRIVER
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2kg
RF
137
EYE BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
RF
138
EYE BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.1kg
RF
139
EYE BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-24
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
140
EYE BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.2kg
RF
141
EYE BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
1.6kg
RF
142
ADJUSTABLE
ANGLE WRENCH
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
0.7kg
RF
143
BOX SPANNER 55
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
4.6kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-25
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
2.3kg
BOLT HEATER FOR

CASING BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
2.2kg
146
BOLT HEATER FOR

CASING BOLT
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
2.2kg
147
CABLE FOR BOLT

HEATER
BFP-TURBINE
12
OVERHAUL
2.6kg
PJ No.
EQT
ID.
TOOL
ID
RF
144
BOX SPANNER 46
RF
145
RF
RF
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
MM-M08
Rev.001
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

Mitsubishi
C-26
REMARKS
Appendix C

TABLE C-1
EQT
ID.
PJ No.
TOOL
ID
DESCRIPTION
NAME OF EQT. FOR

W/C SPECIAL TOOLS
IS USED
SPECIAL TOOL LIST

TOTAL QTY.
SUPPLIED
FOR PLANT
PURPOSE
DWG.
REF. NO.
WEIGHT
RF
148
BOLT HEATER
PANEL
BFP-TURBINE
OVERHAUL
45kg
RF
149
FIELD BALANCING
PLUG (WRENCH)
BFP-TURBINE
40
OVERHAUL
2kg
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
C-27
REMARKS
Appendix D
A p p en d i x
D Coupling Alignment
COUPLING ALIGNMENT
MM-M08
Rev.001
Refer to the flexible diaphragm coupling vendor instruction manual in Appendix G-5 for detailed
information regarding the BFPT to BFP coupling.

Mitsubishi
D-1
Appendix E
A p p en d i x
MM-M08
Rev.001
E Applicable Vendor Drawings

Mitsubishi
E-1
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-0944

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-1
DOUBLE THRUST AND RADIAL BEARING ASSEMBLY (1/2)
E-2
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-0945

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-2
DOUBLE THRUST AND RADIAL BEARING ASSEMBLY (2/2)
E-3
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-0946

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-3
TILTING PAD RADIAL BEARING (1/2)
E-4
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-0947

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-4
TILTING PAD RADIAL BEARING (2/2)
E-5
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-0948

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-5
ASSEMBLY DRAWING OF PLATE TYPE HEAT EXCHANGER (1/2)
E-6
Appendix E
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0949
MPTD-4-0949

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-6
ASSEMBLY DRAWING OF PLATE TYPE HEAT EXCHANGER (2/2)
E-7
Appendix E
MM-M08
Rev.001
MPTD-4-0950
MPTD-4-0950

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-7
TURNING DEVICE WITH SSS CLUTCH
E-8
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1022
MPTD-4-1022

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-8
BFPT OIL TANK
E-9
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1023
FIGURE E-9

Mitsubishi
BFPT MAIN OIL PUMP 1/4
E-10
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1024

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-10
BFPT MAIN OIL PUMP - 2/4
E-11
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1025
FIGURE E-11

Mitsubishi
E-12
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1026
FIGURE E-12
Mitsubishi
E-13
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1027
FIGURE E-13
Mitsubishi
BFPT EMERGENCY OIL PUMP - 1/5
E-14
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1028
FIGURE E-14

Mitsubishi
E-15
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1029
FIGURE E-15

Mitsubishi
E-16
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1030
FIGURE E-16
Mitsubishi
E-17
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1031
FIGURE E-17
Mitsubishi
E-18
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1032
FIGURE E-18

Mitsubishi
OIL TRANSFER PUMP - 1/5
E-19
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1033
FIGURE E-19

Mitsubishi
E-20
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1034
FIGURE E-20

Mitsubishi
E-21
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1035
FIGURE E-21
Mitsubishi
E-22
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1036
FIGURE E-22
Mitsubishi
E-23
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1037
FIGURE E-23
Mitsubishi
BFPT VAPOR EXTRACTOR - 1/5
E-24
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1038
FIGURE E-24

Mitsubishi
E-25
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1039
FIGURE E-25
Mitsubishi
E-26
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1040
FIGURE E-26
Mitsubishi
E-27
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1041
FIGURE E-27

Mitsubishi
E-28
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1042

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-28
BEARING OIL FILTER
E-29
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1043

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-29
HP OIL FILTER
E-30
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1044
FIGURE E-30

Mitsubishi
HP OIL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE 1/4
E-31
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1045
FIGURE E-31

Mitsubishi
E-32
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1046
FIGURE E-32

Mitsubishi
E-33
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1047
FIGURE E-33

Mitsubishi
E-34
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1048
FIGURE E-34

Mitsubishi
BEARING OIL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE- 1/4
E-35
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1049
FIGURE E-35
Mitsubishi
E-36
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1050
FIGURE E-36

Mitsubishi
E-37
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1051
FIGURE E-37
Mitsubishi
E-38
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1052

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-38
LEVEL GAUGE
E-39
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1053

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-39
LC FLOT VALVE
E-40
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1054
FIGURE E-40
Mitsubishi
TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE 1/2
E-41
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1055
FIGURE E-41

Mitsubishi
TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE 2/2
E-42
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1056
FIGURE E-42

Mitsubishi
HP ACCUMULATOR 1/3
E-43
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1057
FIGURE E-43

Mitsubishi
HP ACCUMULATOR 2/3
E-44
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1058
FIGURE E-44
Mitsubishi
HP ACCUMULATOR 3/3
E-45
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1059

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-45
SIGHT GLASS
E-46
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
MPTD-4-1060

Mitsubishi
FIGURE E-46
FOOT VALVE
E-47
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix E
FIGURE E-47
Mitsubishi
PRINCIPLE OF SSS CLUTCH
E-48
Appendix F
A p p en d i x
F Measurement of Rotor Clearances

TURBINE BLADE RADIAL CLEARANCES
The measurement of the turbine blade radial clearances at the right side and the left side of
the casings can be made using feeler gauges or a taper gauge, when the upper halves of
the turbine casing and the diaphragms have been removed.
However, as it is on some occasion necessary to measure the radial clearances at the top
and at the bottom of the cylinder the following procedure is recommended:
1
Place a length of 1.5 mm lead wire around the seal ring segments and 3 mm lead wire
around the shroud of the center blade in each row of the lower and upper half
diaphragms, gently shaping the lead wire to the contour of the shroud and the sealing
tips.
Place a similar length of lead wire around the top center and bottom center blades on
each row of rotating blade shrouds, again gently shaping the lead wire to the contour
of the blade shroud surface.
Note
Selection of lead wire should be such that the diameter of the wire
is higher than the clearance to be measured.
3
Secure the lead wires in their positions using tape or any other suitable method.
Provide wedges between the diaphragms and the seal ring segments installed in the
diaphragms as indicated in Figure 5-9 to arrest the seal ring segments and to
accurately measure the seal ring radial clearance.
When the lead wires have been securely positioned and the seal ring segments
arrested, lift the rotor according to the procedure described in Section 5.1,
Disassembly and Reassembly of BFP-T and lower it into the turbine cylinder.
Stop lowering the rotor before the journals seat in the radial bearings, and carefully
adjust the rotor to set the thrust clearance at the Pump End to zero and then lower the
rotor.
Do not rotate the rotor.
MM-M08
Rev.001
Note

Mitsubishi
F-1
Appendix F
Clean all horizontal joint surfaces using a smooth file to remove any burrs, then using
suitable lifting equipment lower the upper half diaphragms into position.
Install and tighten the horizontal joint bolts, then measure the horizontal joint gap with
feeler gauges and confirm that the joints are completely closed.
Clean all horizontal joint surfaces, then install the upper casing into position as per the
procedure described in Section 5.1.
10
Install and tighten the horizontal joint bolts, then measure the horizontal joint gap with
feeler gauges and confirm that the joints are completely closed.
11
Loosen and remove the horizontal joint bolts, lift and remove the upper casing and
each upper half diaphragm.
12
Using the rotor lifting gear and following the prescribed procedure raise and remove
the rotor.
13
Carefully remove the lead wires from all locations taking care not to misplace the
wires on removal.
14
To prevent the loss of, or damage to, the lead wires, they should be affixed to a piece
of cardboard in the sequence in which they were removed. Each should be clearly
marked with the location from which they were removed, stating cylinder identification,
top or bottom, row and whether stationary or rotating blade.
15
When all lead wires have been removed, measure the indentations in the lead wire
using an appropriate wire gauge, micrometer, or similar measuring device, and record
the clearances for inclusion in the final blade clearance charts.
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
F-2
Appendix G
A p p en d i x
G Applicable Vendor Manuals

TURNING DEVICE AND SSS CLUTCH
APPENDIX G-2
RADIAL BEARING
APPENDIX G-3
THRUST BEARING
APPENDIX G-4
GOVERNING VALVE SERVOMOTOR
APPENDIX G-5
DIAPHRAGM TYPE COUPLING
APPENDIX G-6
GEAR PUMP
APPENDIX G-7
ACCUMMULATOR
APPENDIX G-8
BLOWER
APPENDIX G-9
LUBE OIL FILTER
APPENDIX G-10
HP OIL FILTER
APPENDIX G-11
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE
APPENDIX G-12
APPENDIX G-13
LVDT
MM-M08
Rev.001
APPENDIX G-1

Mitsubishi
G-1
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-1
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR
MM-M08
Rev.001
TURNING GEAR AND SSS CLUTCH

Mitsubishi
G-2
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-3
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-4
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-5
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-6
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-7
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-8
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-9
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-10
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-11
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-12
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-13
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-14
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-15
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-16
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-17
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-18
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-19
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-20
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-21
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-22
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-23
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-24
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-25
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-26
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-27
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-28
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-29
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-30
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-31
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-32
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-33
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-34
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-35
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-36
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-37
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-38
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-39
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-40
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-41
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-42
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-43
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-44
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-45
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-46
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-47
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-48
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-49
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-50
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-51
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-52
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-53
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-2
MM-M08
Rev.001
TILTING PAD RADIAL BEARINGS

Mitsubishi
G-54
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-55
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-56
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-57
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-3
MM-M08
Rev.001
TILTING PAD THRUST BEARINGS

Mitsubishi
G-58
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-59
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-60
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-61
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-62
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-63
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-64
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-4
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL FOR
MM-M08
Rev.001
LPSV SERVOMOTOR

Mitsubishi
G-65
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-66
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-67
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-68
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-69
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-70
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-71
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-72
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-73
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-74
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-75
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-76
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-77
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-78
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-79
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-80
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-81
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-82
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-83
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-84
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-85
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-86
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-87
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-88
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-89
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-90
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-91
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-92
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-93
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-94
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-95
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-96
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-97
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-98
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-99
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-100
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-101
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-102
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-103
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-5
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR
MM-M08
Rev.001
EKK FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM COUPLING

Mitsubishi
G-104
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-105
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-106
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-107
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-108
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-109
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-110
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-6
MM-M08
Rev.001
INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR GEAR PUMP

Mitsubishi
G-111
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-112
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-113
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-114
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-115
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-116
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-117
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-118
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-119
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-120
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-121
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-122
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-123
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-7
MM-M08
Rev.001
INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR BLADDER TYPE ACCUMULATOR

Mitsubishi
G-124
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-125
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-126
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-127
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-128
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-129
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-130
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-131
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-132
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-133
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
10

Mitsubishi
G-134
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
11

Mitsubishi
G-135
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
12

Mitsubishi
G-136
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
13

Mitsubishi
G-137
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
14

Mitsubishi
G-138
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
15

Mitsubishi
G-139
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
16

Mitsubishi
G-140
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
17

Mitsubishi
G-141
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
18

Mitsubishi
G-142
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
19

Mitsubishi
G-143
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
20

Mitsubishi
G-144
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
21

Mitsubishi
G-145
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
22

Mitsubishi
G-146
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
23

Mitsubishi
G-147
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
24

Mitsubishi
G-148
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
25

Mitsubishi
G-149
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
26

Mitsubishi
G-150
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
27

Mitsubishi
G-151
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-8
MM-M08
Rev.001
INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR FULTA ELECTRIC BLOWER

Mitsubishi
G-152
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-153
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-154
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-155
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-156
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-157
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-9
MM-M08
Rev.001
USERS MANUAL FOR H-TYPE OIL STRAINER

Mitsubishi
G-158
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-159
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-160
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-161
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-162
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-163
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-164
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-165
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-166
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-167
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-10
SAFETY GUIDANCE & HANDLING MANUAL FOR NIIKURAS
MM-M08
Rev.001
FLOW-TURN STRAINER

Mitsubishi
G-168
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-169
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-170
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-171
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-172
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-173
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-174
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-175
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-11
MM-M08
Rev.001
INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE REGULATOR

Mitsubishi
G-176
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-177
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-178
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-179
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-180
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-181
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-182
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-183
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-184
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-12
INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR TP WAX-TYPE AUTOMATIC
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-185
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-186
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-187
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-188
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-189
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-190
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-191
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-192
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-193
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-194
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-195
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-196
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001
12

Mitsubishi
G-197
Appendix G
APPENDIX G-13
MM-M08
Rev.001
LVDT FOR BFP-T VALVES

Mitsubishi
G-198
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-199
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-200
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-201
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-202
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-203
MM-M08
Rev.001
Appendix G

Mitsubishi
G-204
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-205
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-206
Appendix G
MM-M08
Rev.001

Mitsubishi
G-207
Appendix H
Tightening Large Bolts and

H Studs with Heating Elements
A p p en d i x
HANDLING MANUAL FOR BOLT HEATER
Page
H-2
2.
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE
Page
H-8
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
1.

Mitsubishi
H-1
Appendix H
HANDLING MANUAL FOR BOLT HEATER
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
1.

Mitsubishi
H-2
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-3
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-4
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-5
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-6
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-7
Appendix H
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
2.

Mitsubishi
H-8
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-9
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-10
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-11
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-12
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-13
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-14
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-15
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-16
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-17
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-18
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-19
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-20
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-21
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-22
MM-M05.08
Rev.001
Appendix H

Mitsubishi
H-23

MM M08 1

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

MM M08 1

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Project Dwg. No: G101-25-1700.

Boiler Feed Pump Turbine

Boiler Feed Pump Turbine Maintenance

Be sure to read this manual.

Disassembly and Reassembly

Feature of BFP Turbine Safety 1-1

Warnings Description 1-2

Definitions of Serious Injury, Minor Injury, Serious

Hazard Warning Label 1-5

Hazard Area 1-7

Risk Assessment Standard 1-8

Safety Measures 1-10

Work Permit System (Lockout/Tagout) 1-10

General Cautions on Personnel in Working Area 1-11

1.4.2.1 Caution against Rotating Equipment 1-11

1.4.2.8 Cautions against Lack of Oxygen 1-15

1.4.2.11 Cautions using Fork Lift 1-16

Safety (Continued from previous page)

Emergency Measure 1-19

Fire Accident 1-21

Explosion Accident 1-22

Qualification and Training 1-23

Overview of the Boiler Feed Pump Turbine 2-3

Nozzles and Diaphragms 2-12

Gland Seal Assemblies 2-14

Gov End Bearing Pedestal 2-16

No.1 Radial Bearing and Thrust Bearing Assembly 2-17

Pump End Bearing Pedestal 2-19

No.2 Radial Bearing 2-20

2.4.10 Rotor Turning Device 2-20

2.4.15 BFP-T Enclosure 2-29

BFP-T Oil System Overview 2-48

Oil System Construction 2-50

BFP-T Oil Tank 2-50

Main Oil Pump 2-51

DC Emergency Oil Pump & Transfer Oil Pump 2-52

Oil Cooler 2-53

Oil Filters 2-53

Boiler Feed Pump Turbine

HP Oil Pressure Control Valve 2-56

Bearing Oil Pressure Control Valve 2-57

Vapor Extractor 2-57

Preventive Maintenance _____________

General (Continued from previous page)

Departmental Interface / Notification 4-2

Isolation of Equipment 4-2

Safety Precautions 4-2

Routine Maintenance 4-3

Inspection and Maintenance 4-4

Outage Maintenance 4-12

Inspection and Maintenance 4-13

Disassembly and Reassembly ________

Disassembly and Reassembly of BFP-T 5-1

Disassembly and Reassembly of LPSV 5-26

Disassembly and Reassembly of LPGV 5-34

Disassembly and Reassembly of No.1 Radial and Thrust

Disassembly and Reassembly of No.2 Radial Bearing 5-54

Corrective Maintenance _____________

Recommended Lubrication __________

Boiler Feed Pump Turbine

Spare Parts B-1

Special Tools C-1

Coupling Alignment D-1